SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY CO
10-K405, 1999-03-30
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISISON & DISTRIBUTION
Previous: ENTERGY ARKANSAS INC, 35-CERT, 1999-03-30
Next: ASTRONICS CORP, 10-K, 1999-03-30



================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D. C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
[x]     Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 
               For the fiscal year ended    December 31, 1998
                                            -----------------
                                                      or
[ ]     Transition  Report  Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 
               For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

                          Commission file number 1-8246
                                                 ------

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
               (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                   ARKANSAS                                    71-0205415
        -------------------------------                    ------------------ 
        (State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
         incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)

       1083 Sain Street, P.O.Box 1408, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1408
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code (501) 521-1141
                                                           --------------

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                        Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                                 on which registered
- -----------------------------                          -----------------------
Common Stock - Par Value $.10                          New York Stock Exchange

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

        Indicate by check mark whether the  Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X  No
                                             ---    ---

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  X
                             --- 

        The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant was $174,889,210 based on the New York Stock Exchange - Composite
Transactions closing price on March 29, 1999 of $7 1/8.

        The  number  of  shares  outstanding  as  of  March  29,  1999,  of  the
Registrant's Common Stock, par value $.10, was 24,933,280.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Documents  incorporated  by reference and the Part of the Form 10-K into
which  the  document  is  incorporated:  (1)  Annual  Report to  holders  of the
Registrant's  Common  Stock for the year ended  December 31, 1998 - PARTS I, II,
and IV; and (2) definitive Proxy Statement to holders of the Registrant's Common
Stock in connection with the solicitation of proxies to be used in voting at the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 18, 1999 - PART III.
================================================================================
<PAGE>


                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
                                    FORM 10-K
                                  ANNUAL REPORT
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                     PART I
                                                                                                            Page
                                                                                                            ----
<S>        <C>                                                                                               <C> 
Item 1.    Business.......................................................................................    1
           Business Strategy..............................................................................    1
           Exploration and Production.....................................................................    1
           Natural Gas Distribution ......................................................................    7
           Marketing and Transportation...................................................................   11
           Other Items....................................................................................   14
Item 2.    Properties.....................................................................................   14
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings..............................................................................   16
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............................................   18
           Executive Officers of the Registrant...........................................................   18

                                     PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters..........................   19
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data........................................................................   20
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..........   20
Item 7.A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks.....................................   20
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....................................................   22
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure...........   22

                                    PART III

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.............................................   22
Item 11.   Executive Compensation.........................................................................   23
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.................................   23
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................................................   23

                                     PART IV

Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K...............................   23

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                     PART I

Item 1.    Business
     Southwestern  Energy  Company  (the  "Company"  or  "Southwestern")  is  an
integrated  energy  company  primarily  focused on natural  gas. The Company was
organized in 1929 as a local gas distribution company in northwest Arkansas. The
Company is incorporated under the laws of the state of Arkansas and is an exempt
holding  company under the Public Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935.  Today,
Southwestern is involved in the following business segments:

     1.  Exploration   and   Production  --  Engaged  in  natural  gas  and  oil
         exploration,  development and production,  with operations  principally
         located in Arkansas,  Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, south Louisiana, and
         the Gulf Coast.
     2.  Natural Gas Distribution -- Engaged in the gathering,  distribution and
         transmission  of natural  gas to  approximately  179,000  customers  in
         northern Arkansas and parts of Missouri.
     3.  Marketing and  Transportation -- Provides  marketing and transportation
         services  in the  Company's  core  areas  of  operation  and owns a 25%
         interest in the NOARK Pipeline System, Limited Partnership (NOARK).

     This Report on Form 10-K includes certain  statements that may be deemed to
be  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  in Part II, Item 7 of this Report for a discussion  of factors that
could cause actual results to differ  materially  from any such  forward-looking
statements.

                                Business Strategy

     The Company's  business  strategy is to provide  long-term  growth  through
focused  exploration  and  production  of oil and natural  gas,  while  creating
additional value through the Company's natural gas  distribution,  marketing and
transportation  activities. The Company seeks to maximize cash flow and earnings
and provide consistent growth in oil and gas production and reserves through the
discovery,  production  and  marketing of high margin  reserves  from a balanced
portfolio of drilling  opportunities.  This balanced portfolio includes low risk
development  drilling  in  the  Arkoma  Basin,  moderate  risk  exploration  and
exploitation in the Permian Basin in New Mexico, and high potential  exploration
opportunities in south Louisiana and the Gulf Coast.  Additionally,  the Company
strives to operate its utility  systems safely and  efficiently  and to position
them to earn their full,  authorized  return.  The Company is also  committed to
enhancing  shareholder  value by creating and capturing  additional value beyond
the wellhead through its marketing and transportation activities.

                           Exploration and Production

     In 1943, the Company commenced a program of exploration for and development
of natural  gas  reserves in Arkansas  for supply to its utility  customers.  In
1971,  the Company  initiated an exploration  and  development  program  outside
Arkansas, unrelated to the utility requirements.  Since that time, the Company's
exploration  and   development   activities   outside   Arkansas  have  expanded
substantially.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     During 1998,  Southwestern  brought in new senior operating  management and
replaced over 50% of its professional technical staff to refocus its exploration
and production  segment.  Additionally  in 1998, the Company closed its Oklahoma
City office and moved  these  operations  to its Houston  office in an effort to
increase   future   profitability.   Another   major  part  of  this   segment's
restructuring   was  the   reorganization   into  asset  management  teams.  Two
exploitation    teams   were    formed   (an   Arkoma   team   and   a   Permian
Basin/Mid-Continent/Gulf   Coast  team)  to  manage   Southwestern's   producing
properties,  and three  exploration  teams (Permian Basin,  Texas Gulf Coast and
south  Louisiana)  were formed to provide an area specific  focus in exploration
projects. A new incentive  compensation system was also put in place in 1998 for
the professional staff which aligns our employees' efforts with the interests of
our  shareholders,  while  fostering a culture that is innovative and focused on
growth as well as profitability.

     At December 31, 1998,  the Company had proved oil and gas reserves of 344.8
billion cubic feet (Bcf)  equivalent,  including  proved natural gas reserves of
303.7 Bcf and proved oil reserves of 6,850 thousand barrels (MBbls).  All of the
Company's  reserves are located  entirely within the United States.  Revenues of
the exploration and production  subsidiaries  are  predominately  generated from
production of natural gas.  Sales of gas  production  accounted for 89% of total
operating revenues for this segment in 1998, 86% in 1997, and 90% in 1996.

Areas of Operation

     Southwestern  engages in gas and oil exploration and production through its
subsidiaries,  SEECO,  Inc.  (SEECO),  Southwestern  Energy  Production  Company
(SEPCO),  and  Diamond  "M"  Production  Company  (Diamond  M).  SEECO  operates
exclusively  in the state of Arkansas  and holds a large base of both  developed
and  undeveloped  gas reserves and conducts an ongoing  drilling  program in the
historically  productive  Arkansas  part of the  Arkoma  Basin.  SEPCO  conducts
development  drilling  and  exploration  programs  in  areas  outside  Arkansas,
including  the Permian  Basin of Texas and New  Mexico,  the Gulf Coast areas of
Louisiana  and Texas,  and the Anadarko  Basin of  Oklahoma.  Diamond M operates
properties in the Permian Basin of Texas.

     The following  table provides  December 31, 1998  information  as to proved
reserves,  well count, and gross and net acreage, and 1998 annual information as
to production  and reserve  additions for each of the Company's  core  operating
areas.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               Arkoma  Mid-Continent  Permian  Gulf Coast   Total
                              -------  -------------  -------  ----------  -------
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>   
Proved Reserves:
  Gas (Bcf)                     214.9        33.7       27.8        27.3     303.7
  Oil (MBbls)                      -        2,242      3,532       1,076     6,850
  Total Reserves (Bcfe)         214.9        47.1       49.0        33.8     344.8

Production (Bcfe)                20.7         6.7        4.7         4.8      36.9
Reserve Additions (Bcfe)         22.9         2.7       19.2         2.7      47.5
Total Gross Wells                 818       1,414        362          68     2,662
  Percent Operated                48%         37%        59%         41%       45%
Gross Acreage                 336,664     137,107     63,610     141,640   679,021
Net Acreage                   269,715      50,786     29,281      62,797   412,579

</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>

     Arkoma.  Southwestern has been active in the Arkansas portion of the Arkoma
Basin since 1943. As a result,  it has developed a substantial  acreage position
and  reserve  base  in  the  basin.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  had
approximately  214.9 Bcf of  natural  gas  reserves  in the Arkoma  Basin.  This
represents  71% of the Company's  natural gas reserves and 62% of total reserves
on a Bcf equivalent basis.  Southwestern's  average net daily production in 1998
in the Arkoma Basin was 56.9 million cubic feet equivalent (MMcfe).

     Historically,  Southwestern has conducted its Arkansas development drilling
program  primarily  within the boundaries of its utility  gathering  system.  In
1997,  the Company  accelerated  the  extension of its Arkoma  drilling  program
outside  of  its  traditional  operating  areas  to  new  fields.  During  1998,
Southwestern   enjoyed  successful  stepout  drilling  in  the  lightly-explored
southern  edges of the Arkoma  Basin in Arkansas  and in the western part of the
basin in Oklahoma.  Overall,  the Company  participated  in 52 gross wells (23.6
net) in the Arkoma  Basin during 1998 with a success  ratio of 83%.  These wells
contributed 22.9 Bcf to total 1998 reserve additions.  During 1999, Southwestern
plans to continue to capitalize on its geological experience in the Arkoma Basin
and increase its emphasis on  development  drilling  outside of the  traditional
Arkansas fairway.

     Mid-Continent.  The  Company's  activities  in this  region  are  primarily
focused on the Anadarko Basin of Oklahoma. At December 31, 1998, the Company had
approximately  33.7 Bcf of natural gas  reserves and 2,242 MBbls of oil reserves
in the region,  representing 11% and 33%,  respectively,  of the Company's total
gas and oil reserves.  Average net daily  production in 1998 for this region was
18.2 MMcfe.  During 1998,  the Company closed its Oklahoma City office and moved
these  operations  to Houston.  Southwestern  does not expect its  Mid-Continent
operations to be a primary area of future growth.

     Permian. In recent years, Southwestern has experienced excellent success in
the lower and middle  Morrow  formations  in the Permian  Basin in southeast New
Mexico. At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately  27.8 Bcf of natural
gas reserves and 3,532 MBbls of oil reserves in the region,  representing 9% and
51%,  respectively,  of the Company's  total gas and oil  reserves.  Average net
daily production in 1998 for this region was 12.9 MMcfe.

     Since its first  exploratory  discovery  in 1995,  the  Company's  drilling
program  in this  area  has  resulted  in 21  successful  wells  of 26  drilled.
Continued development of our Gaucho unit, in which the Company has approximately
a 50% working interest,  resulted in reserve additions of 13.2 Bcf equivalent in
1998. The Rio Blanco #4-1,  located two miles from existing  Gaucho  production,
was  recently  completed  and could  extend the Gaucho field and lead to further
development.  Five wells have been  drilled  within  the  Gaucho  prospect  and,
including the Rio Blanco #4-1, four are producing at a combined daily gross rate
of 21.1 MMcf of natural gas and 137 barrels of condensate.  The Company believes
that its drilling activities in this area will provide additional  opportunities
for growth in production and reserves.

     Gulf Coast/South Louisiana. The Company became active in the Gulf Coast and
south   Louisiana  areas  in  1990.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  had
approximately  27.3 Bcf of natural gas  reserves and 1,076 MBbls of oil reserves
in the region, representing 9% and 16%, respectively, of the Company's total gas
and oil reserves.  Average net daily production in 1998 for this region was 13.1
MMcfe. Southwestern considers this region to be a primary area for growth in the
Company's production and reserves.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     South  Louisiana  continues  to be the  major  focus  area of  high  impact
exploration  activities.  In 1998, the Company used its growing inventory of 3-D
seismic  data  and  leasehold   acreage  to  create  the  largest  inventory  of
exploration  prospects in the Company's  history.  Drilling  began in the fourth
quarter of 1998 with four wells spud to date.  Two of these wells are  currently
drilling  and two test wells were dry,  demonstrating  the higher risk nature of
south  Louisiana exploration.  The Company  anticipates  additional  drilling in
this area in 1999.

     Over the past several years,  the Company has built an extensive  inventory
of 3-D seismic  data  covering  almost 550 square miles in south  Louisiana.  In
1998,  the  Company  continued  to  analyze  the  seismic  data  from  the  East
Atchafalaya  and Boure 3-D shoots with promising  results.  Southwestern  became
involved in the East  Atchafalaya  project in mid-1995  through a joint  venture
with Union Pacific Resources. The joint venture has acquired 113 square miles of
3-D seismic data covering portions of St. Martin and Iberia Parishes, Louisiana.
The Company has  participated  in four wells to date in the  project.  While two
wells did not find commercially  productive  reserves,  the other two wells were
completed as producing wells. Additional wildcat drilling is planned in 1999.

     Southwestern has a 50% working interest in the Boure project,  a 185 square
mile 3-D survey in Assumption  Parish adjacent to the East  Atchafalaya  project
area.  The  acquisition  phase  is  complete  and the  data is  currently  being
interpreted.  The  Company  expects  to drill up to two wells in the  project in
1999.

     In late  1998,  the  Company  formed a  strategic  alliance  with  industry
partners to jointly evaluate and explore a new proprietary 3-D seismic survey in
the Nodosaria Embayment area of Lafayette,  St. Landry and Acadia Parishes.  The
survey  covers  a  140-square  mile  area  that  contains   several   identified
exploration  leads,  and provides 3-D data over the Bosco  producing field which
the Company  purchased  in 1995.  The 3-D data is expected  to be  delivered  in
October 1999 with drilling to commence in the year 2000.

     The Texas transition zone represents a new focus area for Southwestern, and
covers the  onshore  Texas  coast and the Texas state  waters.  Southwestern  is
currently  developing  the  regional  geologic  mapping  necessary  to tie these
distinct  geological  areas together.  In 1999, the Company plans to drill up to
four  prospects and has  developed  several more leads as it continues to add to
its existing  acreage.  The Company  believes that this area has been relatively
under-explored,  as compared to the  federal  waters of the Gulf of Mexico,  and
expects it to be a meaningful source of new drilling opportunities.

     The higher risk, higher return exploratory prospects in south Louisiana and
the Gulf Coast are part of the  Company's  overall  strategy of balanced oil and
gas exploration and production.  These high impact  exploration plays provide an
opportunity  for  significant  reserve  growth,  while the  low-risk  Arkoma and
medium-risk  Permian  drilling  activities  provide a stable base of  continuing
reserve additions and production.

Acquisitions

     Prior to 1997,  the Company had increased its emphasis on  acquisitions  of
producing  properties.  However,  in 1997,  the  market for  producing  property
acquisitions became demand-driven  causing existing properties to sell at higher
prices as compared to historical  levels. As a result,  the Company did not make
any producing property  acquisitions in 1998 or 1997,  compared to $45.8 million
spent in 1996,  $6.0  million  spent in 1995,

                                       4
<PAGE>

and $13.9 million in 1994. The Company  acquired  approximately  32.7 Bcf of gas
and 6,350 MBbls of oil during  1996,  4.5 Bcf of gas and 851 MBbls of oil during
1995,  and  20.6  Bcf of gas and  1,038  MBbls  of oil  during  1994.  The  1996
acquisitions  were primarily in Texas and Oklahoma,  the 1995  acquisitions were
primarily  in the  Gulf  Coast  areas  of  Louisiana  and  Texas,  and the  1994
acquisitions  were  primarily in the Anadarko  Basin of Oklahoma.  The Company's
current  strategy in this area is to pursue  selective  acquisitions  that would
complement its existing operations.

Capital Spending

     Southwestern  began 1999 with planned capital  expenditures for gas and oil
exploration and development of $56.6 million, up from $52.4 million in 1998. The
Company  plans  to  maintain  its  capital  investments  within  the  limits  of
internally  generated cash flow, and will adjust its capital program accordingly
if commodity prices remain at their current low levels.

Sales and Major Customers

     Natural gas equivalent  production  averaged 101 million cubic feet per day
(MMcfd)  in 1998,  compared  to 104 MMcfd in 1997,  and 101  MMcfd in 1996.  The
Company's gas production  was 32.7 Bcf in 1998,  down from 33.4 Bcf in 1997, and
34.8 Bcf in 1996.  The Company  also  produced  703,000  barrels of oil in 1998,
compared to 749,000  barrels in 1997, and 391,000 barrels in 1996. The decreases
in gas  production  were the result of lower sales from the  Company's  Arkansas
properties,  which are largely affected by the demands of the Company's  utility
distribution systems.

     The Company's natural gas production  received an average wellhead price of
$2.34 per thousand  cubic feet (Mcf) in 1998,  compared to $2.57 per Mcf in 1997
and $2.26 per Mcf in 1996. Oil prices  declined  significantly,  with an average
price in 1998 of $13.60 per  barrel,  compared  to $19.02 per barrel in 1997 and
$21.21 per barrel in 1996.

     Southwestern's  largest single  customer for sales of its gas production is
the  Company's  utility  subsidiary,  Arkansas  Western  Gas  Company  (Arkansas
Western). These sales are made by SEECO. Sales to Arkansas Western accounted for
approximately 36% of total  exploration and production  revenues in 1997, 43% in
1997, and 46% in 1996. All of the Company's  remaining sales are to unaffiliated
purchasers.

     SEECO's  production  was 19.5 Bcf in 1998,  down  from 21.7 Bcf in 1997 and
23.1 Bcf in 1996.  SEECO's sales to Arkansas Western were 11.3 Bcf in 1998, down
from 14.3 Bcf in 1997 and 16.3 Bcf in 1996.  The  decreases  in gas  sales  were
primarily the result of warmer weather in the utility's service territory.

     Gas volumes sold by SEECO to Arkansas  Western for its  northwest  Arkansas
division  (AWG)  were  7.7 Bcf in 1998,  8.6 Bcf in 1997,  and 10.1 Bcf in 1996.
Through these sales,  SEECO  furnished 59% of the  northwest  Arkansas  system's
requirements  in  1998,  64% in  1997,  and 62% in 1996.  SEECO  also  delivered
approximately  2.0 Bcf in 1998, 1.0 Bcf in 1997, and 1.1 Bcf in 1996 directly to
certain large business customers of AWG through a transportation  service of the
utility  subsidiary.  Most of the sales to AWG were  pursuant  to a  twenty-year
contract  between  SEECO and AWG,  entered  into in July  1978,  under which the
price was frozen

                                       5
<PAGE>

between  1984 and  1994.  This  contract  was  amended  in 1994 as a result of a
settlement reached to resolve certain gas cost issues before the Arkansas Public
Service Commission hereafter referred to as the "Gas Cost Settlement." The sales
price under this contract  averaged  $2.99 per thousand cubic feet (Mcf) through
November  of  1998,  $3.46  per Mcf in 1997,  and  $3.13  per Mcf in 1996.  This
contract expired July 24, 1998 but continued on a  month-to-month  basis through
November 1998.

     In March 1997, AWG filed a gas supply plan with the Arkansas Public Service
Commission (APSC) which projected system load growth patterns and long range gas
supply needs for the utility's  northwest  Arkansas system.  The gas supply plan
also addressed  replacement  supplies for AWG's  long-term  contract with SEECO.
After  discussions  with the APSC it was  determined  that the  majority  of the
utility's  future gas supply  needs  should be  provided  through a  competitive
bidding process.  On October 1, 1998, AWG sent requests for proposals to various
suppliers  requesting  bids on seven  different  packages  of gas  supply  to be
effective  December 1, 1998. These bid requests included  replacement of the gas
supply and  no-notice  service  previously  provided by the long-term gas supply
contract between AWG and SEECO. Eleven potential suppliers returned bids in late
October.

     SEECO along with the Company's  marketing  subsidiary  successfully  bid on
five of the seven  packages  with  prices  based on the NorAm  East Index plus a
demand charge.  The volumes of gas projected to be sold under these contracts in
their first year are  approximately  equal to the historical annual volumes sold
under the expired  long-term  contracts.  However,  the volumes to be sold under
these contracts are not fixed as they were under the expired contract. The total
premium  over the NorAm East Index  under these  contracts  is  estimated  to be
approximately  $1.0  million  lower (after tax) than the annual  premium  earned
under  the  expired  long-term  contract.  Other  sales  to AWG are  made  under
long-term contracts with flexible pricing provisions.

     SEECO's sales to Associated Natural Gas Company (Associated), a division of
Arkansas Western which operates  natural gas  distribution  systems in northeast
Arkansas and parts of Missouri,  were 3.6 Bcf in 1998,  5.7 Bcf in 1997, and 6.2
Bcf in 1996. These deliveries  accounted for  approximately  50% of Associated's
total  requirements  in 1998,  61% in 1997,  and 62% in 1996.  In 1998,  certain
industrial  customers of Associated  began buying their gas supply directly from
producers or marketers.  This caused a decline in the percentage of Associated's
gas supply  provided by SEECO as these  volumes  were  previously  purchased  by
Associated  from  SEECO  and  then  delivered  to  their  industrial  customers.
Effective  October 1990, SEECO entered into a ten-year  contract with Associated
to supply a portion of its  system  requirements  at a price to be  redetermined
annually. The sales price under this contract was $2.20 per Mcf for the contract
period ended  September 30, 1995,  $1.785 per Mcf for the contract  period ended
September 30, 1996, and $2.225 per Mcf for the contract  period ended  September
30, 1997. For the contract  period  beginning  October 1, 1997, the contract was
revised to redetermine  the sales price monthly based on an index posting plus a
reservation  fee.  The sales price under the  contract  averaged  $2.37 for 1998
compared to $2.51 for 1997.

     At present,  SEECO's  contracts for sales of gas to unaffiliated  customers
consist  of  short-term  sales made to  customers  of the  utility  subsidiary's
transportation  program  and spot sales  into  markets  away from the  utility's
distribution system.  These sales are subject to seasonal price swings.  SEECO's
sales to  unaffiliated  customers is also  affected by the demand of the utility
for production on its gathering system. SEECO's sales to

                                       6
<PAGE>

unaffiliated purchasers accounted for approximately 19% of total exploration and
production revenues in 1998, 15% in 1997, and 14% in 1996.

     The combined gas production of SEPCO and Diamond M was 13.2 Bcf in 1998, up
from 11.7 Bcf in 1997 and 1996. Oil  production was 703 MBbls in 1998,  compared
to 749 MBbls in 1997, and 391 MBbls in 1996. SEPCO's and Diamond M's gas and oil
production is sold under contracts with  unaffiliated  purchasers  which reflect
current  short-term  prices and which are  subject  to  seasonal  price  swings.
SEPCO's and Diamond M's  combined gas and oil sales  accounted  for 43% of total
exploration and production revenues in 1998 and 1997, and 40% in 1996.

Competition

     All phases of the gas and oil industry are highly competitive. Southwestern
competes in the  acquisition  of properties,  the search for and  development of
reserves,  the  production and sale of gas and oil and the securing of the labor
and equipment required to conduct operations. Southwestern's competitors include
major  gas and oil  companies,  other  independent  gas  and  oil  concerns  and
individual producers and operators. Many of these competitors have financial and
other resources that substantially  exceed those available to Southwestern.  Gas
and oil  producers  also compete with other  industries  that supply  energy and
fuel.

     Competition  in the state of Arkansas has  increased in recent  years,  due
largely to the  development of improved access to interstate  pipelines.  Due to
the  Company's  significant  leasehold  acreage  position  in  Arkansas  and its
long-time  presence and  reputation in this area,  the Company  believes it will
continue to be successful in acquiring  new leases in Arkansas.  While  improved
intrastate and interstate  pipeline  transportation  in Arkansas should increase
the  Company's  access to markets for its gas  production,  these  markets  will
generally  be served by a number of other  suppliers.  Thus,  the  Company  will
encounter  competition  that may affect both the price it receives  and contract
terms it must offer. Outside Arkansas, the Company is less established and faces
competition from a larger number of other  producers.  The Company has in recent
years been  successful  in building  its  inventory  of  undeveloped  leases and
obtaining participating interests in drilling prospects outside Arkansas.

                            Natural Gas Distribution

     The Company's  subsidiary  Arkansas Western Gas Company operates integrated
natural gas distribution systems concentrated primarily in northern Arkansas and
southeast  Missouri.  The APSC and the Missouri Public Service Commission (MPSC)
regulate  the  Company's  utility  rates  and  operations.  The  Company  serves
approximately  179,000  customers and obtains a  substantial  portion of the gas
they consume through its Arkoma Basin gathering facilities.

     Arkansas  Western  consists of two  operating  divisions.  The AWG division
gathers  natural  gas in the  Arkansas  River  Valley of  western  Arkansas  and
transports  the gas  through  its own  transmission  and  distribution  systems,
ultimately  delivering  it at  retail  to  approximately  110,000  customers  in
northwest Arkansas. The Associated division receives its gas from transportation
pipelines  and delivers the gas through its own  transmission  and  distribution
systems,  ultimately  delivering it at retail to approximately  69,000 customers

                                       7
<PAGE>

primarily in northeast Arkansas and southeast Missouri.  Associated,  formerly a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Arkansas Power and Light  Company,  was acquired and
merged into Arkansas Western effective June 1, 1988.

Gas Purchases and Supply

     AWG purchases its system gas supply through a competitive  bidding  process
implemented in late 1998 and directly at the wellhead under long-term contracts.
As  previously  indicated,  SEECO  furnished  approximately  59% of AWG's system
requirements in 1998, 64% in 1997, and 62% in 1996.

     As discussed above in "Exploration and Production,"  AWG's  twenty-year gas
supply contract with SEECO expired in July 1998. Supplies previously provided by
this  contract are now  obtained  through a  competitive  bidding  process.  The
Company's subsidiaries successfully bid on five of the seven gas supply packages
available  and  will  provide  approximately  the  same  volume  to AWG that has
historically been provided, but at a reduced premium.

     AWG  also  purchases  gas from  unaffiliated  producers  under  take-or-pay
contracts.  Currently,  the Company believes that it does not have a significant
exposure to take-or-pay liabilities resulting from these contracts.  The Company
expects  to be able  to  continue  to  satisfactorily  manage  its  exposure  to
take-or-pay liabilities.

     Associated purchases gas for its system supply from unaffiliated  suppliers
accessed by interstate  pipelines and from affiliates.  Purchases from SEECO are
under a ten-year  contract with annual price  redeterminations.  Purchases  from
unaffiliated suppliers are under firm contracts with terms between one and three
years. The rates charged by most suppliers  include demand  components to ensure
availability of gas supply, administrative fees, and a commodity component which
is based on monthly  indexed  market  prices.  Associated's  gas  purchases  are
transported through eight pipelines.  The pipeline  transportation rates include
demand  charges to reserve  pipeline  capacity and  commodity  charges  based on
volumes  transported.  Associated  has  also  contracted  with  five  interstate
pipelines  for  storage  capacity  to meet  its  peak  seasonal  demands.  These
contracts involve demand charges based on the maximum  deliverability,  capacity
charges based on the maximum  storage  quantity,  and charges for the quantities
injected and withdrawn.

     AWG has no  restriction on adding new  residential or commercial  customers
and will supply new industrial  customers that are compatible  with the scale of
its facilities. AWG has never denied service to new customers within its service
area or experienced  curtailments  because of supply  constraints.  In addition,
Associated has never denied service to new customers  within its service area or
experienced  curtailments  because of supply  constraints  since the acquisition
date.  Curtailment of large  industrial  customers of AWG and Associated  occurs
only infrequently when extremely cold weather requires that systems be dedicated
exclusively to human needs customers.

                                       8
<PAGE>


Markets and Customers

     The utility  continues to capitalize on the healthy economies and sustained
customer  growth  found in its service  territory.  AWG and  Associated  provide
natural gas to approximately  157,000  residential,  22,000 commercial,  and 300
industrial  customers,  while also  providing  gas  transportation  services  to
approximately  50  end-use  and  off-system  customers.  The  utility's  service
territory includes northwest Arkansas, which in 1998 was the 8th fastest growing
region in the United States. The population in Washington and Benton counties in
northwest  Arkansas has grown at an annual rate of 3.5 percent  since 1990,  and
the total population of the two-county area is projected to be nearly 300,000 by
the year 2000.  Total gas throughput in 1998 was 32.8 Bcf, down from 37.0 Bcf in
1997, and 39.0 in 1996. The decreases  were the result of  comparatively  warmer
weather  during the heating season in 1998 and 1997.  Off-system  transportation
volumes were 1.1 Bcf in 1998,  compared to 2.8 Bcf  transported in 1997, and 3.6
Bcf transported in 1996.

     Residential and Commercial. Approximately 80% of the utility's revenues are
from residential and commercial  markets.  Residential and commercial  customers
combined  accounted  for 57% of total gas  throughput  for the gas  distribution
segment in 1998, 1997, and 1996. Gas volumes sold to residential  customers were
11.1 Bcf, down from 12.6 Bcf sold in 1997,  and 13.4 Bcf sold in 1996.  Gas sold
to commercial  customers totaled 7.6 Bcf in 1998, down from 8.4 Bcf in 1997, and
8.8 Bcf in 1996.  The decrease in gas volumes sold in 1998 was due to weather in
Arkansas Western's service territory that was 16% warmer than in 1997.

     The gas heating load is one of the most significant uses of natural gas and
is sensitive to outside  temperatures.  Sales,  therefore,  vary  throughout the
year.  Profits,   however,   have  become  less  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in
temperature  recently  as tariffs  implemented  in  Arkansas  as a result of the
recently approved rate filings contain a weather  normalization clause to lessen
the impact of revenue  increases and  decreases  which might result from weather
variations during the winter heating season.

     Industrial and End-use Transportation.  Deliveries to industrial customers,
which are  generally  smaller  concerns  using gas for plant  heating or product
processing,  accounted for 13.0 Bcf in gas deliveries in 1998, 13.2 Bcf in 1997,
and  13.0 Bcf in 1996.  No  industrial  customer  accounts  for more  than 4% of
Arkansas Western's total throughput.

     In an effort  to more  fully  meet the  service  needs of  larger  business
customers,  both AWG and Associated instituted a transportation  service in 1991
that allows such customers in Arkansas to obtain their own gas supplies directly
from other  suppliers.  A total of 40 customers are currently using the Arkansas
transportation  service. AWG's seventeen largest customers in northwest Arkansas
are using the  transportation  service.  Associated's  four largest customers in
northeast  Arkansas and eight of Associated's  eleven largest Missouri customers
are currently using transportation service.

Competition

      AWG and Associated have experienced a general trend in recent years toward
lower rates of usage among their customers,  largely as a result of conservation
efforts  that  the  Company   encourages.   Competition  is  increasingly  being
experienced  from  alternative  fuels,  primarily  electricity,  fuel  oil,  and
propane.  A  significant

                                       9
<PAGE>

amount of fuel  switching has not been  experienced,  though,  as natural gas is
generally  the least  expensive,  most  readily  available  fuel in the  service
territories of AWG and Associated.

     The competition from  alternative  fuels and, in a limited number of cases,
alternative sources of natural gas have intensified in recent years.  Industrial
customers are most likely to consider utilization of these alternatives, as they
are less readily available to commercial and residential customers. In an effort
to provide some pricing  alternatives  to its large  industrial  customers  with
relatively  stable loads,  AWG offers an optional  tariff to its larger business
customers and to any other large  business  customer  which shows that it has an
alternate source of fuel at a lower price or that one of its direct  competitors
has access to cheaper  sources of energy.  This  optional  tariff  enables those
customers  willing to accept the risk of price and supply  volatility  to direct
AWG to obtain a certain percentage of their gas requirements in the spot market.
Participating  customers continue to pay the non-gas cost of service included in
AWG's present tariff for large business customers and agree to reimburse AWG for
any  take-or-pay  liability  caused by spot market  purchases on the  customer's
behalf.

Regulation

     The Company's  utility rates and  operations  are regulated by the APSC and
MPSC. In Arkansas,  the Company operates through  municipal  franchises that are
perpetual by state law. These  franchises,  however,  are not exclusive within a
geographic area. In Missouri,  the Company operates through municipal franchises
with various terms of existence.

     In the recent past,  changes at the federal level have brought  significant
changes   to  the   regulatory   structure   governing   interstate   sales  and
transportation of natural gas. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC)
Order No. 636 series  changed a major  portion of the gas  acquisition  merchant
function provided to gas distributors by interstate  pipelines.  AWG obtains its
supply through competitive bids from suppliers and at the wellhead directly from
producers and has not been directly  impacted by Order No. 636.  Associated  has
acquired the bulk of its gas supply at the  wellhead  since its  acquisition  by
Arkansas  Western,  but  continued  until Order No. 636 to purchase a portion of
both its peak and base  requirements  from  interstate  suppliers.  The  changes
mandated by Order No. 636 placed the  responsibility for arranging firm supplies
of natural gas directly on local distribution companies.

     As the regulatory focus of the natural gas industry shifts from the federal
level to the state  level,  utilities  across the nation are being  required  to
unbundle  their  sales  services  from  transportation  services in an effort to
promote  greater  competition.   Although  no  such  legislation  or  regulatory
directives related to natural gas are presently pending in Arkansas or Missouri,
the Company is aggressively  controlling costs and constantly  evaluating issues
such as system capacity and  reliability,  obligation to serve, and rate design,
with an eye toward minimizing any stranded or transition costs.

     In Arkansas,  the state  legislature is now  considering  legislation  that
would  deregulate the retail sale of electricity in Arkansas as soon as 2002. At
this time, it is unknown whether or not such  legislation  will be adopted or if
it is  adopted,  what its final  form will be.  The  Company  is also  unable to
predict the precise impact of any such  legislation  on its utility  operations.
The Company's utility subsidiary has historically maintained

                                       10
<PAGE>

a substantial price advantage over electricity for most  applications.  However,
if retail electric  competition is implemented in Arkansas,  it is possible that
some portion of this price  advantage may be lost in some markets.  As described
in the paragraph  above, the Company is taking steps to preserve its competitive
advantage over alternative energy sources,  including  electricity.  If electric
deregulation occurs in Arkansas, legislative or regulatory precedents may be set
that would also affect  natural gas  utilities  in the future.  These issues may
include further unbundling of services and the regulatory  treatment of stranded
costs.

     Gas distribution revenues in future years will be impacted by both customer
growth and rate increases  allowed by regulatory  commissions.  In recent years,
AWG  has  experienced  customer  growth  of  approximately  3%  annually,  while
Associated has experienced  customer growth of approximately 1% annually.  Based
on current economic conditions in the Company's service territories, the Company
expects this trend in customer growth to continue. AWG and Associated pass along
to customers  through an automatic cost of gas adjustment clause any increase or
decrease  experienced  in purchased gas costs.  In December  1996,  AWG received
approval from the APSC for a rate increase of $5.1 million annually. The Company
received  approvals  in  December 1997  from  the  APSC  and the  MPSC for  rate
increases  and tariff  changes  for  Associated  which will allow the utility to
collect an  additional  $3.0 million  annually.  Of the $3.0  million  increase,
approximately  $2.0  million  is in the  form of base  rate  increases  and $1.0
million is related to the increased  cost of service of the Company's  gathering
plant which is recovered  through either the purchased gas adjustment  clause or
through direct charges to transportation  customers. Rate increase requests that
may be  filed in the  future  will  depend  on  customer  growth,  increases  in
operating expenses, and additional investments in property, plant and equipment.
AWG's rates for gas  delivered to its retail  customers are not regulated by the
FERC, but its  transmission  and gathering  pipeline  systems are subject to the
FERC's regulations  concerning open access  transportation  since AWG accepted a
blanket   transportation   certificate  in  connection   with  its  merger  with
Associated.

                          Marketing and Transportation

Gas Marketing

     The marketing  group was formed in mid-1996 to better enable the Company to
capture   downstream   opportunities   which   arise   through   marketing   and
transportation  activity.  Through utilization of Southwestern's  existing asset
base, the group's focus is to create and capture value beyond the wellhead.  The
Company  presently  plans to  continue  to  expand  its  natural  gas  marketing
activities,   with   particular   emphasis  on  third-party   marketing  in  the
Mid-Continent region of the United States. The merger of the NOARK Pipeline with
the Ozark Gas Transmission  System discussed below is expected to afford greater
supply  and market  opportunities,  allowing  the group to expand its  marketing
operations in Oklahoma.

     The Company's marketing  operations include the marketing of Southwestern's
own gas  production  and  third-party  natural  gas.  Operating  income for this
segment was $1.8 million in 1998 and $1.3  million in 1997.  This segment had an
operating loss of $.5 million in 1996. The segment  marketed 49.6 Bcf of natural
gas in 1998,  compared to 36.2 Bcf in 1997,  and 13.0 Bcf in 1996.  Of the total
volumes  marketed,  purchases  from the  Company's  exploration  and  production
subsidiaries accounted for 25% in 1998, 23% in 1997, and 56% in 1996.

                                       11
<PAGE>

NOARK Pipeline

     At December 31, 1998, the Company held a 25% general  partnership  interest
in NOARK. NOARK Pipeline was a 258-mile long intrastate natural gas transmission
system that originated in western Arkansas and terminated in northeast Arkansas,
crossing three major interstate pipelines and interconnecting with the Company's
distribution systems. NOARK Pipeline was completed and placed in service in 1992
and has been operating below capacity and generating  losses since it was placed
in service.  The Company's share of the pretax loss from  operations  related to
its NOARK  investment  was $3.1 million in 1998,  $4.5 million in 1997, and $3.8
million in 1996.

     In January  1998,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Enogex Inc.
(Enogex), a subsidiary of OGE Energy Corp., to expand NOARK Pipeline and provide
access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through an  integration  of NOARK Pipeline with
the Ozark Gas  Transmission  System  (Ozark).  Ozark was a  437-mile  interstate
pipeline  system  that  began in  eastern  Oklahoma  and  terminated  in eastern
Arkansas.  On July 1, 1998,  the Federal  Energy  Regulatory  Commission  (FERC)
authorized  the  operation  and  integration  of Ozark and NOARK  Pipeline  as a
single,  integrated  pipeline.  The FERC order also  authorized  the purchase of
Ozark by a subsidiary of Enogex and the construction of integration  facilities.
Enogex  acquired  Ozark  and  contributed  the  pipeline  system  to  the  NOARK
partnership  and also  acquired  the  NOARK  partnership  interests  not held by
Southwestern.  Enogex  funded the  acquisition  of Ozark and the  expansion  and
integration with NOARK Pipeline which resulted in the Company's  interest in the
partnership decreasing to 25% with Enogex owning a 75% interest.  There are also
provisions  in  the  agreement  with  Enogex  which  allow  for  future  revenue
allocations to the Company above its 25% partnership interest if certain minimum
throughput and revenue assumptions are not met.

     The  rationale  behind the merger of the two  pipelines  was simple:  NOARK
Pipeline  standing alone did not have the access to gas supply necessary to make
the pipeline  system  economically  viable.  The merged  pipeline system now has
access to major  gas  producing  fields  in  Oklahoma.  With  access to  greater
regional production,  Southwestern expects the pipeline's  additional throughput
to create new  marketing  and  transportation  opportunities  and  significantly
reduce the losses  experienced on the project in the past.  The merged  pipeline
also  provides  the  Company's  utility  systems with  additional  access to gas
supply.

     The new integrated  system,  known as Ozark  Pipeline,  became  operational
November 1, 1998,  and  includes 749 miles of pipeline  with a total  throughput
capacity of 330 MMcfd.  Deliveries  are currently  being made by the  integrated
pipeline to portions of AWG's  distribution  system,  to Associated,  and to the
interstate pipelines with which it interconnects. In 1998, NOARK Pipeline had an
average  daily  throughput  of 27.3  million  cubic feet of gas per day  (MMcfd)
before the integration with Ozark,  compared to average daily throughput of 39.8
MMcfd in 1997, and 57.5 MMcfd in 1996.  After the  integration in November 1998,
Ozark Pipeline had an average daily  throughput of 184.6 MMcfd.  At December 31,
1998,  AWG had  transportation  contracts  with Ozark Pipeline for 82.3 MMcfd of
firm  capacity.  These  contracts  expire  in 2002 and  2003  and are  renewable
annually thereafter until terminated with 180 days' notice.

                                       12
<PAGE>

Competition

     The Company's gas marketing  activities  are in  competition  with numerous
other  companies  offering  the  same  services,  many of which  possess  larger
financial  and  other  resources  than  those  of  Southwestern.  Some of  these
competitors are affiliates of companies with extensive pipeline systems that are
used for  transportation  from producers to end-users.  Other factors  affecting
competition are cost and  availability of alternative  fuels,  level of consumer
demand,  and  cost  of and  proximity  of  pipelines  and  other  transportation
facilities.  The Company believes that its ability to effectively compete within
the marketing  segment in the future depends upon  establishing  and maintaining
strong relationships with producers and end-users.

     NOARK Pipeline  previously competed with two interstate  pipelines,  one of
which was the Ozark system,  to obtain gas supplies for  transportation to other
markets.  Because  of the  available  transportation  capacity  in the  Arkansas
portion of the Arkoma  Basin,  competition  had been strong and had  resulted in
NOARK  Pipeline  transporting  gas for third  parties at rates below the maximum
tariffs  presently  allowed.  The  integration  with  Ozark  provides  increased
supplies to  transport  to both local  markets  and markets  served by the three
major  interstate  pipelines  that  Ozark  Pipeline  connects  with  in  eastern
Arkansas.  As  discussed  below  under  "Regulation,"  FERC's  Order No. 636 has
generally increased  competition in the transportation  segment as end-users are
now  acquiring   their  own  supplies  and   independently   arranging  for  the
transportation of those supplies.  The Company believes that Ozark Pipeline will
provide the additional  supplies  necessary to compete more  effectively for the
transportation  of natural gas to end-users and markets served by the interstate
pipelines.

Regulation

     Since the mid-1980's,  the FERC has issued a series of orders,  culminating
in  Order  No.  636  in  April  1992,  that  have  altered  the   marketing  and
transportation  of natural gas.  Order No. 636 required  interstate  natural gas
pipelines to "unbundle,"  or segregate, the sales,  transportation,  storage and
other  components of their existing sales services,  and to separately state the
rates for each of the  unbundled  services.  Order No. 636 and  subsequent  FERC
orders  issued in  individual  pipeline  proceedings  have been the  subject  of
appeals,  the results of which have generally been supportive of the FERC's open
access policy. Generally,  Order No. 636 has eliminated or substantially reduced
the  interstate   pipelines'   role  as  wholesalers  of  natural  gas  and  has
substantially   increased  competition  in  natural  gas  markets.   While  some
regulatory uncertainty remains, Order No. 636 may ultimately enhance the ability
of the  Company to market  natural  gas,  although  it may also  create  greater
competition for the Company.

     Prior to the integration  with Ozark, the operations of NOARK Pipeline were
regulated by the APSC. The APSC had established a maximum transportation rate of
approximately $.285 per dekatherm.  The integration of NOARK Pipeline with Ozark
resulted in an interstate  pipeline system subject to FERC  regulations and FERC
approved  tariffs.  The APSC no longer has  jurisdiction  over NOARK  Pipeline's
transportation  rates  and  services.  The FERC has  initially  set the  maximum
transportation rate of Ozark Pipeline at $.2455 per dekatherm.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   Other Items
                                   -----------

Environmental Matters

     The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal,  state and local
laws  and  regulations,  including  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  the Clean  Water Act,  the Clean Air Act and
similar state statutes.  These laws and regulations require permits for drilling
wells and the  maintenance of bonding  requirements in order to drill or operate
wells and also  regulate  the  spacing  and  location  of wells,  the  method of
drilling and casing wells,  the surface use and  restoration of properties  upon
which wells are drilled,  the plugging and  abandoning of wells,  the prevention
and cleanup of pollutants and other matters.  Southwestern  maintains  insurance
against costs of clean-up operations,  but is not fully insured against all such
risks.

     Compliance  with  environmental  laws and  regulations  has had no material
effect  on  Southwestern's   capital  expenditures,   earnings,  or  competitive
position.  Although future environmental  obligations are not expected to have a
material  impact on the results of  operations  or  financial  condition  of the
Company,   there  can  be  no  assurance  that  future  developments,   such  as
increasingly stringent environmental laws or enforcement thereof, will not cause
the Company to incur material environmental liabilities or costs.

Real Estate Development

     A. W. Realty Company (AWR) owns an interest in  approximately  160 acres of
real  estate,  most of which  is  undeveloped.  AWR's  real  estate  development
activities  are  concentrated  on a  130-acre  tract  of land  located  near the
Company's headquarters in a growing part of Fayetteville,  Arkansas. The Company
has owned an  interest in this land for many  years.  The  property is zoned for
commercial,  office, and multi-family residential development.  AWR continues to
review with a joint venture partner various options for developing this property
that would minimize the Company's initial capital expenditures, but still enable
it to retain an interest in any appreciation in value.  This activity,  however,
does not represent a significant portion of the Company's business.

Employees

     At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  had 706  employees,  98 of whom are
represented under a collective bargaining  agreement.  The Company believes that
its relations with its employees are good.

Item 2.    Properties

     The portions of the Registrant's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders  (filed
as Exhibit 13 to this filing) listed below are hereby  incorporated by reference
for the purpose of describing its properties.

     Refer to the  Appendix  (filed as a part of Exhibit 13 to this  filing) for
information  concerning areas of operation of the Company's  business  segments.
Also, see pages 35-38 (Notes 5 and 6 to the financial statements) for additional

                                       14
<PAGE>

information  about  the  Company's  gas  and  oil  operations.  For  information
concerning  capital  expenditures,  refer  to  page 23  ("Capital  Expenditures"
section of  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results  of  Operations").  Also  refer  to page 47  ("Financial  and  Operating
Statistics")  for  information  concerning  gas and oil produced.  The following
table  provides  information  concerning  miles  of  pipe of the  Company's  gas
distribution systems.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    AWG    Associated   Total
                                   -----   ----------   -----
   <S>                             <C>        <C>       <C>
   Gathering                         390          -       390
   Transmission                      806        608     1,414
   Distribution                    3,088      1,674     4,762
                                   -----      -----     -----
                                   4,284      2,282     6,566
                                   =====      =====     =====

</TABLE>

The following  information is provided to supplement  that presented in the 1998
Annual Report to Shareholders:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Leasehold Acreage
                                   Undeveloped               Developed
                                 Gross      Net           Gross      Net
                                -----------------        -----------------
 <S>                            <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>  
 Arkoma......................   141,529   124,048        195,135   145,667
 Mid-Continent...............    38,127    16,867         98,980    33,919
 Permian.....................    19,190    13,500         44,420    15,781
 Gulf Coast..................    53,340    29,593         88,300    33,204
                                -----------------        -----------------
                                252,186   184,008        426,835   228,571
                                =================        =================

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Producing Wells
                                    Gas                   Oil                  Total
                               Gross    Net          Gross    Net          Gross     Net
                               -------------         -------------         ---------------
 <S>                           <C>     <C>           <C>     <C>           <C>     <C> 
 Arkoma......................    818   422.5            -       -            818     422.5
 Mid-Continent...............    497   199.9           917   305.8         1,414     505.7
 Permian.....................     17     6.1           345   218.3           362     224.4
 Gulf Coast..................     35    14.2            33    24.8            68      39.0
                               -------------         -------------         ---------------
                               1,367   642.7         1,295   548.9         2,662   1,191.6
                               =============         =============         ===============

</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Net Wells Drilled During the Year

                                   Exploratory

                                   Productive
              Year                    Wells     Dry Holes   Total
              ----                 ----------   ---------   -----
              <S>                      <C>         <C>       <C>
              1998................      .5         3.9       4.4
              1997................     1.3         3.0       4.3
              1996................     5.3         3.0       8.3

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Development

                                   Productive
              Year                    Wells     Dry Holes   Total
              ----                 ----------   ---------   -----
              <S>                     <C>         <C>        <C>   
              1998................    29.4         6.4       35.8
              1997................    27.5        13.5       41.0
              1996................    29.4        11.8       41.2

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Wells in Progress as of December 31, 1998

              Type of Well                            Gross   Net
              ------------                            -----   ---
              <S>                                      <C>    <C> 
              Exploratory............................   5.0   1.1
              Development............................  12.0   4.0
                                                       ----   ---

              Total..................................  17.0   5.1
                                                       ====   === 

</TABLE>

     No individually  significant  discovery or other major favorable or adverse
event has occurred since December 31, 1998.

     During 1998,  Southwestern  was required to file Form 23, "Annual Survey of
Domestic Oil and Gas  Reserves"  with the  Department  of Energy.  The basis for
reporting  reserves on Form 23 is not comparable to the reserve data included in
Note 6 to the financial  statements  in the 1998 Annual Report to  Shareholders.
The primary  differences are that Form 23 reports gross reserves,  including the
royalty owners' share, and includes reserves for only those properties where the
Company is the operator.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

      In May 1996,  a class  action  suit was filed  against  the Company in the
Circuit Court of Sebastian County, Arkansas on behalf of royalty owners alleging
improprieties in the disbursements of royalty proceeds.  A trial was held on the
class action suit  beginning in late  September  1998 that resulted in a verdict
against the Company and two of its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  SEECO,  Inc. and
Arkansas  Western Gas Company,  in the amount of $62.1 million.  The trial judge
subsequently  awarded  pre-judgment  interest in an amount of $31.1 million, and

                                       16
<PAGE>

post-judgment  interest accrued from the date of the judgment at the rate of 10%
per annum simple  interest.  The Company has been required by the state court to
post a  judgment  bond in the  amount of $102.5  million  (verdict  amount  plus
pre-judgment  interest and one year of post-judgment  interest) in order to stay
the jury's verdict and proceed with an appeal process.  The bond was placed by a
surety company and was collateralized by unsecured letters of credit.

      The  verdict  was  returned  following  a trial on the issues of the class
action lawsuit  brought by certain  royalty  owners of SEECO,  Inc., who contend
that since 1979 the defendants breached implied covenants in certain oil and gas
leases,  misrepresented  or failed to disclose  material facts to royalty owners
concerning gas purchase contracts between the Company's subsidiaries, and failed
to fulfill other  alleged  common law duties to the members of the royalty owner
plaintiff  class.  The litigation was commenced in May 1996 and was disclosed by
the Company at that time.

      The Company  believes that the jury's verdict was wrong as a matter of law
and fact and that incorrect  rulings by the trial judge  (including  evidentiary
rulings and prejudicial jury  instructions)  provide  substantial  grounds for a
successful  appeal. The Company has obtained a temporary stay of the judgment on
the jury's verdict and has filed and will vigorously  prosecute an appeal in the
Arkansas  Supreme Court. If the Company is not successful in its appeal from the
jury verdict,  the Company's financial condition and results of operations would
be materially and adversely affected.

      In its Form 8-K filed July 2, 1996,  the Company  disclosed that a lawsuit
relating  to  overriding  royalty  interests  in  certain  Arkansas  oil and gas
properties  had been filed against it and two of its wholly-owned  subsidiaries.
The lawsuit,  which was brought by a party who was  originally  included in (but
opted out of) the class  action  litigation  described  above,  involves  claims
similar to those upon which  judgment was  rendered  against the Company and its
subsidiaries.  In  September  1998,  another  party  who  opted out of the class
threatened  the  Company  with  similar  litigation.  While the amounts of these
pending and threatened claims could be material,  management believes,  based on
its investigations,  that the Company's ultimate liability,  if any, will not be
material to its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      The United States  Minerals  Management  Service  (MMS),  a federal agency
responsible  for  the   administration   of  federal  oil  and  gas  leases,  is
investigating  the Company and its  subsidiaries in respect of claims similar to
those in the class  action  litigation.  MMS was  included  in the class  action
litigation against its objections,  but has not pursued further action to remove
itself from the class. If MMS does remove itself from the class,  its claims may
be brought separately under federal statutes that provide for treble damages and
civil penalties. In such event, the Company believes it would have defenses that
were not available in the class action litigation. While the aggregate amount of
MMS's   claims   could  be   material,   management   believes,   based  on  its
investigations,  that the  Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any,  will not be
material to its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      In 1997, the Company's subsidiary,  Southwestern Energy Production Company
(SEPCO),  filed suit against several  parties,  including an outside  consultant
previously  employed by SEPCO,  alleging  breach of contract,  fraud,  and other
causes of  action  in  connection  with  services  performed  on  SEPCO's  south
Louisiana exploration projects. On June 23, 1998, the outside consultant filed a
counterclaim  against SEPCO. The

                                       17
<PAGE>

consultant's primary cause of action relates to a claim that he is contractually
entitled to a 25% interest in the Boure' project, one of SEPCO's south Louisiana
exploration  projects.  The  counterclaim  alleges  seven  different  claims for
relief, including breach of contract, fraud, and defamation and requests damages
in excess of  $10,000,000  for each  claim  plus  punitive  damages in excess of
$10,000,000.  The Company  feels these  claims are without  merit and intends to
vigorously  contest  them.   Although  the  total  amount  of  these  claims  is
significant in the aggregate,  management believes,  based on its investigation,
that the  Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any,  will not be  material to its
consolidated financial position or results of operation.

      The Company is subject to other  litigation and claims that have arisen in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  accrues for such items when a
liability is both  probable and the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  In the
opinion of management, the results of such litigation and claims will not have a
material  effect on the results of operations  or the financial  position of the
Company.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     No matters  were  submitted  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal  year
ended December 31, 1998, to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation
of proxies or otherwise.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               Executive Officers of the Registrant
                                                                                         Years Served as
       Name                              Officer Position                        Age         Officer
       ----                              ----------------                        ---         -------
<S>                    <C>                                                        <C>          <C>
Harold M. Korell       President and Chief Executive Officer and                  54            2
                       Director

Greg D. Kerley         Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer          43            9

Alan H. Stevens        Senior Vice President, Southwestern Energy Production      54            1
                       Company and SEECO, Inc.

Debbie J. Branch       Senior Vice President, Southwestern Energy Services        47            3
                       Company and Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company

Charles V. Stevens     Senior Vice President, Arkansas Western Gas Company        49           10

</TABLE>

     Mr.  Korell was  appointed  to his  present  position  in October  1998 and
assumed the position of Chief  Executive  Officer on January 1, 1999.  He joined
the Company in 1997 as Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Operating  Officer.
From 1992 to 1997, he was employed by American  Exploration Company where he was
most  recently  Senior Vice  President -  Operations.  From 1990 to 1992, he was
Executive Vice  President of McCormick  Resources and from 1973 to 1989, he held
various   positions  with  Tenneco  Oil  Company,   including  Vice   President,
Production.

                                       18
<PAGE>

     Mr. Kerley was appointed to his present position in July 1998.  Previously,
he served as Senior Vice  President  Treasurer and Secretary  from 1997 to 1998,
Vice President - Treasurer and Secretary from 1992 to 1997, and Controller  from
1990 to 1992. Mr. Kerley also served as the Chief  Accounting  Officer from 1990
to 1998.

     Mr. Alan  Stevens  joined the  Company in his  present  position in January
1998. Prior to joining the Company, he was President and Chief Operating Officer
for Petsec  Energy  during  1997.  Previously,  he was  employed  by  Occidental
Petroleum Company from 1989 to 1997 where he was most recently Vice President of
Worldwide Exploration.

     Ms.  Branch  joined the Company in her present  position in 1996.  Prior to
joining the Company, she was Executive Vice President of Stalwart Energy Company
from 1994 to 1996 and founder and President of Vesta Energy Company from 1983 to
1993.

     Mr.  Charles  Stevens has served the Company in his present  position since
December 1997. Previously,  he served as  Vice President of Arkansas Western Gas
Company from 1988 to 1997.

     All  officers  are elected at the Annual  Meeting of the Board of Directors
for one-year  terms or until their  successors  are duly  elected.  There are no
arrangements  between any officer and any other person  pursuant to which he was
selected as an officer. There is no family relationship between any of the named
executive officers or between any of them and the Company's directors.


                                     PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

     Shareholder  Information on page 48 and "Common Stock Statistics"  included
in the  Company's  Financial  and  Operating  Statistics  on page 46 of the 1998
Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  are  hereby   incorporated  by  reference  for
information  concerning the market for and prices of the Company's Common Stock,
the number of shareholders, and cash dividends paid.

     The terms of  certain  of the  Company's  long-term  debt  instruments  and
agreements impose restrictions on the payment of cash dividends. At December 31,
1998,  $92.5  million of retained  earnings  was  available  for payment as cash
dividends.  These covenants generally limit the payment of dividends in a fiscal
year to the total of net  income  plus $20.0  million  less  dividends  paid and
purchases,  redemptions  or retirements of capital stock during the period since
January 1, 1990.  Dividends totaling $6.0 million were paid during 1998.

     The Company paid  dividends at an annual rate of $.24 per share in 1998 and
1997.  While the Board of  Directors  intends to continue the practice of paying
dividends quarterly, amounts and dates of such dividends as may be declared will
necessarily  be  dependent  upon  the  Company's  future  earnings  and  capital
requirements.

                                       19
<PAGE>

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

     Pages 46 and 47 ("Financial  and Operating  Statistics") of the 1998 Annual
Report to Shareholders are hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
        of Operations, and

     The text on pages 17 through 25  ("Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations")  of the 1998 Annual Report to
Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 7.A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks

     Market risks  relating to the Company's  operations  result  primarily from
changes  in  commodity  prices  and  interest  rates,  as  well as  credit  risk
concentrations.  The Company uses natural gas and crude oil swap  agreements and
options to reduce the  volatility of earnings and cash flow due to  fluctuations
in the prices of natural gas and oil. The Board of Directors  has approved  risk
management  policies  and  procedures  to  utilize  financial  products  for the
reduction of defined commodity price risks. These policies prohibit  speculation
with  derivatives  and limit swap agreements to  counterparties  with acceptable
credit standings.

Credit Risks

     The Company's  financial  instruments that are exposed to concentrations of
credit risk consist  primarily of trade  receivables  and  derivative  contracts
associated with commodities trading.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect
to  receivables  are  limited  due to the large  number of  customers  and their
dispersion across geographic areas. No single customer accounts for greater than
4% of accounts  receivable.  See the discussion of credit risk  associated  with
commodities trading below.

Interest Rate Risk

     The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  Company's  financial
instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents
the   Company's   debt   obligations,   principal   cash   flows   and   related
weighted-average  interest rates by expected  maturity dates.  Variable  average
interest  rates reflect the rates in effect at December 31, 1998 for  borrowings
under the Company's  revolving  credit  facilities.  The Company's  policy is to
manage  interest  rates through use of a combination  of fixed and floating rate
debt.  Interest rate swaps may be used to adjust  interest rate  exposures  when
appropriate. There were no interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 1998.

                                       20
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              Fair
                                                                                              Value
                                               Expected Maturity Date                       12/31/98
                             -----------------------------------------------------------    --------
                             1999    2000    2001    2002    2003    Thereafter    Total
                             ----    ----    ----    ----    ----    ----------    -----    
                                                   ($ in millions)

   <S>                       <C>       <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
   Fixed Rate                $1.5      -      $2.0    $2.0    $2.0      $241.0     $248.5    $257.3
   Average Interest Rate     8.86%     -      9.36%   9.36%   9.36%       7.19%      7.25%

   Variable Rate              -        -     $20.0   $14.9      -          -        $34.9     $34.9
   Average Interest Rate      -        -      5.33%   5.55%     -          -         5.42%

</TABLE>

Commodities Risk

     The Company uses over-the-counter natural gas and crude oil swap agreements
and options to hedge sales of Company  production and marketing activity against
the inherent  price risks of adverse price  fluctuations  or locational  pricing
differences  between  a  published  index and the  NYMEX  (New  York  Mercantile
Exchange)  futures  market.  These swaps include (1)  transactions  in which one
party will pay a fixed  price (or  variable  price) for a notional  quantity  in
exchange  for  receiving a variable  price (or fixed price) based on a published
index (referred to as price swaps),  and (2) transactions in which parties agree
to pay a price based on two different indices (referred to as basis swaps).

     The  primary  market  risk  related to these  derivative  contracts  is the
volatility in market prices for natural gas and crude oil. However,  this market
risk is  offset  by the gain or loss  recognized  upon the  related  sale of the
natural gas or oil that is hedged.  Credit risk relates to the risk of loss as a
result of  non-performance by the Company's  counterparties.  The counterparties
are primarily major investment and commercial  banks which  management  believes
present minimal credit risks.  The credit quality of each  counterparty  and the
level  of  financial   exposure  the  Company  has  to  each   counterparty  are
periodically reviewed to ensure limited credit risk exposure.

     The following  table  provides  information  about the Company's  financial
instruments  that are  sensitive  to  changes  in  commodity  prices.  The table
presents the notional amount in Bcf (billion cubic feet),  the weighted  average
contract  prices,  and the total  dollar  contract  amount by expected  maturity
dates.  The  "Carrying  Amount" for the contract  amounts are  calculated as the
contractual  payments  for  the  quantity  of gas or oil to be  exchanged  under
futures  contracts  and do  not  represent  amounts  recorded  in the  Company's
financial statements.  The "Fair Value" represents values for the same contracts
using comparable market prices at December 31, 1998. The net difference  between
the contract amounts and fair value amounts of the contracts was $8.2 million at
December 31, 1998.

                                       21
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Expected Maturity Date                            
                                          ------------------------------------------------------
                                                1999               2000               2001
                                                ----               ----               ----
                                          Carrying   Fair    Carrying   Fair    Carrying   Fair
                                           Amount    Value    Amount    Value    Amount    Value
                                          --------   -----   --------   -----   --------   -----
   <S>                                     <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
   Natural Gas:
   Swaps with a fixed price receipt
      Contract volume (Bcf)                  10.1                -                  -
      Weighted average price per Mcf        $2.40                -                  -
      Contract amount (in millions)         $24.3    $29.4       -        -         -        -

   Swaps with a fixed price payment
      Contract volume (Bcf)                   1.4                -                  -
      Weighted average price per Mcf        $2.25                -                  -
      Contract amount (in millions)          $3.1     $2.6       -        -         -        -

   Basis swaps
      Contract volume (Bcf)                   6.4                -                  -
      Weighted average basis difference   
         per Mcf                            $.095                -                  -
      Contract amount (in millions)           $.6      $.4       -        -         -        -

   Oil:
   Price floor
      Contract volume (MBbls)                 375                350                325
      Weighted average price per Bbl       $18.00             $18.00             $18.00
      Contract amount (in millions)          $6.8     $8.6      $6.3    $7.5       $5.9    $6.7

</TABLE>

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     Pages 27 through 47 of the 1998 Annual  Report to  Shareholders  are hereby
incorporated by reference.

Item 9.    Changes in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on Accounting  and
           Financial Disclosure

     There  have  been  no  changes  in or  disagreements  with  accountants  on
accounting and financial disclosure.


                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The definitive  Proxy Statement to holders of the Company's Common Stock in
connection  with the  solicitation of proxies to be used in voting at the Annual
Meeting of  Shareholders on May 18, 1999 (the 1999 Proxy  Statement),  is hereby
incorporated  by reference  for the purpose of providing  information  about the
identification of directors.  Refer to the sections  "Election of Directors" and
"Security  Ownership  of  Directors,   Nominees,  and  Executive  Officers"  for
information concerning the directors.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     Information concerning executive officers is presented in Part I, Item 4 of
this Form 10-K.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

     The 1999  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose of providing  information  about  executive  compensation.  Refer to the
section "Executive Compensation."

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     The 1999  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose of providing  information about security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and  management.  Refer to the  sections  "Security  Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners" and "Security Ownership of Directors, Nominees, and Executive
Officers" for information about security  ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management.

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     The 1999  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose  of  providing  information  about  related  transactions.  Refer to the
section "Security Ownership of Directors,  Nominees, and Executive Officers" for
information about transactions with members of the Company's Board of Directors.


                                     PART IV

 Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

   (a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
subsidiaries,  included  on pages 27  through  45 of its 1998  Annual  Report to
Shareholders and the report of independent public accountants on page 26 of such
report are hereby incorporated by reference:
           Report of Independent Public Accountants.

           Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997.

           Consolidated  Statements  of Income for the years ended  December 31,
           1998, 1997, and 1996.

           Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the years ended  December
           31, 1998, 1997, and 1996.

           Consolidated  Statements  of  Retained  Earnings  for the years ended
           December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996.

           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,  December 31, 1998, 1997,
           and 1996.

      (2) The  consolidated  financial  statement  schedules  have been  omitted
because  they  are not  required  under  the  related  instructions,  or are not
applicable.

                                       23
<PAGE>

      (3)  The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index (pages 26 - 28)
are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

   (b)     Reports on Form 8-K:
                A  Current  Report on Form 8-K was filed on  October  16,  1998,
           referencing a press release issued that day announcing the verdict of
           a state  court jury in a class  action  royalty  lawsuit  against the
           Company and two of its subsidiaries.

                A  Current  Report on Form 8-K was filed on  October  30,  1998,
           referencing a press release issued  October 29, 1998,  announcing the
           appointment  by the Company's  Board of Directors of Harold Korell to
           replace Charles E. Scharlau as Chief Executive Officer of the Company
           effective  January  1,  1999.  Mr.  Korell  was also  elected  to the
           Company's Board of Directors effective immediately.

                                       24
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused the report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                              SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
                                              ---------------------------
                                                     (Registrant)



Dated:  March 26, 1999                        BY:      /s/ GREG D. KERLEY
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                          Greg D. Kerley
                                                       Senior Vice President
                                                   and Chief Financial Officer

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 26, 1999.


      /s/ HAROLD M. KORELL               President and Chief Executive Officer
- ----------------------------------       and Director
        Harold M. Korell                 

       /s/ GREG D. KERLEY                Senior Vice President
- ----------------------------------       and Chief Financial Officer
         Greg D. Kerley                  

      /s/ STANLEY T. WILSON              Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
- ----------------------------------
        Stanley T. Wilson

     /s/ CHARLES E. SCHARLAU             Director and Chairman
- ----------------------------------
       Charles E. Scharlau

     /s/ LEWIS E. EPLEY, JR.             Director
- ----------------------------------
       Lewis E. Epley, Jr.

   /s/ JOHN PAUL HAMMERSCHMIDT           Director
- ----------------------------------
     John Paul Hammerschmidt

      /s/ ROBERT L. HOWARD               Director
- ----------------------------------
        Robert L. Howard

     /s/ KENNETH R. MOURTON              Director
- ----------------------------------
       Kenneth R. Mourton


         Supplemental Information to be Furnished With Reports Filed Pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act by  Registrants  Which Have Not  Registered  Securities
Pursuant of Section 12 of the Act.

                                 Not Applicable

                                       25
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
  No.                              Description
- -------                            -----------

 3.     Articles  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  of the  Company  (amended  and
        restated Articles of Incorporation  incorporated by reference to Exhibit
        3 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 1993);
        Bylaws of the Company  (amended  Bylaws of the Company  incorporated  by
        reference to Exhibit 3 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
        December 31, 1994).

 4.1    Shareholder   Rights   Agreement,  dated  May 5,  1989  (incorporated by
        reference  to  Exhibit 1 filed  with the  Company's  Form 8-K on May 10,
        1989).

 4.2    Prospectus,  Registration Statement, and Indenture on 6.70% Senior Notes
        due  December  1, 2005 and  issued  December  5, 1995  (incorporated  by
        reference  to the  Company's  Forms S-3 and S-3/A  filed on  November 1,
        1995,  and November 17, 1995,  respectively,  and also to the  Company's
        filings of a Prospectus and Prospectus  Supplement on November 22, 1995,
        and December 4, 1995, respectively).

 4.3    Prospectus Supplement and Form of Distribution Agreement on $125,000,000
        of  Medium-Term  Notes dated  February 21, 1997  (Prospectus  Supplement
        incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's  filing  of a  Prospectus
        Supplement  on  February  21,  1997,  Form  of  Distribution   Agreement
        incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10 filed with the  Company's  Form
        8-K dated February 21, 1997).

        Material Contracts:

10.1    Gas Purchase  Contract  between SEECO,  Inc. and Associated  Natural Gas
        Company,  dated  October 1,  1990,  and as amended  September  30,  1997
        (original  contract  incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual
        Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended  December  31,  1990;  amendment
        incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
        for the year ended December 31, 1997).

10.2    Compensation Plans:

        (a)    Summary of  Southwestern  Energy  Company  Annual  and  Long-Term
               Incentive  Compensation  Plan,  effective  January  1,  1985,  as
               amended July 10, 1989  (replaced by  Southwestern  Energy Company
               Incentive Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1993) (original
               plan  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1984;  first  amendment
               thereto  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).

        (b)    Southwestern   Energy  Company   Incentive   Compensation   Plan,
               effective January 1, 1993, and Amended and Restated as of January
               1, 1999 (amended and restated plan filed herewith).

        (c)    Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan,  effective February 22, 1985, as
               amended July 10, 1989  (replaced by  Southwestern  Energy Company
               1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan,  dated April 7, 1993) (original plan
               incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on Form
               10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1985;   amended  plan
               incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).

                                       26
<PAGE>

Exhibit
  No.                              Description
- -------                            -----------

        (d)    Southwestern  Energy  Company 1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan,  dated
               April 7, 1993 and  Amended and  Restated as of February  18, 1998
               (amended and restated plan filed herewith).

        (e)    Southwestern Energy Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
               Directors,  dated April 7, 1993 (incorporated by reference to the
               appendix filed with the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement to
               holders of the  Registrant's  Common Stock in connection with the
               solicitation  of  proxies  to be used  in  voting  at the  Annual
               Meeting of Shareholders on May 26, 1993).

10.3    Southwestern  Energy Company  Supplemental  Retirement Plan, adopted May
        31,  1989,  and Amended and  Restated as of December  15,  1993,  and as
        further amended February 1, 1996 (amended and restated plan incorporated
        by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year
        ended December 31, 1993; amendment dated February 1, 1996,  incorporated
        by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year
        ended December 31, 1995).

10.4    Southwestern  Energy Company  Supplemental  Retirement Plan Trust, dated
        December 30, 1993  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Annual
        Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

10.5    Southwestern  Energy Company  Nonqualified  Retirement  Plan,  effective
        October 4, 1995  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 10.7 to Annual
        Report of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).

10.6    Split-Dollar  Life Insurance  Agreement for Stanley D. Green,  effective
        February 1, 1996  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Annual
        Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).

10.7    Executive Severance Agreement for Charles E. Scharlau,  effective August
        4, 1989  (incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit 10 to Annual  Report on
        Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).

10.8    Executive Severance Agreement for Stanley D. Green,  effective August 4,
        1989  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on Form
        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).

10.9    Employment and  Consulting  Agreement for Charles E. Scharlau, dated May
        21, 1998 (filed herewith).

10.10   Employment  Agreement  for  Harold M. Korell,  effective  April 28, 1997
        (incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit  10.15 to  Annual Report on Form
        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

10.11   Form of  Indemnity  Agreement,  between the Company and each officer and
        director of the Company  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).

10.12   Form of Executive Severance Agreement for the Executive  Officers of the
        Company, effective February 17, 1999 (filed herewith).

10.13   Omnibus Project Agreement of NOARK Pipeline System,  Limited Partnership
        by and among Southwestern  Energy Pipeline Company,  Southwestern Energy
        Company,  Enogex Arkansas Pipeline  Corporation,  and Enogex Inc., dated
        January 12, 1998  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Annual
        Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

                                       27
<PAGE>

Exhibit
  No.                              Description
- -------                            -----------

10.14   Amended and Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement of NOARK  Pipeline
        System,  Limited Partnership dated January 12, 1998 and amended June 18,
        1998  (amended  and  restated  agreement  incorporated  by  reference to
        Exhibit 10.18 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
        31, 1997; first amendment thereto filed herewith).

13.     1998  Annual  Report to  Shareholders,  except  for those  portions  not
        expressly incorporated by reference into this Report. Those portions not
        expressly  incorporated by reference are not deemed to be filed with the
        Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  part of  this  Report  (filed
        herewith).

21.     Subsidiaries of the Registrant  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21
        to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).

27.     Financial  Data  Schedule  for the year  ended December 31, 1998  (filed
        herewith).

                                       28

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
                           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

                  (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1999)



         The  name  of  this  plan  shall  be the  Southwestern  Energy  Company
Incentive  Compensation Plan ("Plan").  The Plan Sponsor is Southwestern  Energy
Company (the  "Company").  The Plan is effective for fiscal years of the Company
commencing on or after January 1, 1993 and is hereby  amended and restated as of
January 1, 1999. The Plan Year shall be each successive year beginning January 1
and ending December 31.

A.   PURPOSE
         The  purpose  of this  Plan is to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  key
employees  by providing  cash and stock  incentive  compensation  to certain key
employees  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  (as listed  below) who have a
significant  impact on earnings,  growth and shareholder value by rewarding both
organizational and individual  performance.  The participating  entities include
Southwestern  Energy  Company   ("Corporate"),   Arkansas  Western  Gas  Company
("Utility"),  Southwestern  Energy Production Company and SEECO, Inc. (together,
"E & P"), and Southwestern Energy Services Company ("Marketing").

B.   ADMINISTRATION
         The  Compensation  Committee  ("Committee")  of the Board  of Directors
("Board")  of the  Company  shall  have full power and  authority  to review and
approve the  designation of  Participants,  to approve  annually the performance
measures and payout thresholds,  and to promulgate such rules and regulations as
it deems necessary for the proper  administration  of the

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

Plan, to interpret the provisions and supervise the  administration of the Plan,
to certify prior to the payment of any award under the Plan that the appropriate
performance  measures have been achieved giving rise to such awards, and to take
all  action  in  connection  therewith  or in  relation  to the Plan as it deems
necessary or advisable. When authorizing action or taking action with respect to
this Plan,  the  Committee  and/or the Board  shall act  without the vote of any
directors  who shall  fail to meet the  definition  of an  Outside  Director  as
defined in Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder.

C.   PARTICIPATION
         1.   Eligibility--Executives
         Only  active  employees  of the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  who are
employed in a key management  capacity may be designated as  Participants  under
the Plan.

         2.  Designation and Removal of Participants
         Participation  in the  Plan shall be  determined on an annual basis for
each  calendar  year as early as  practicable  in each year.  No person shall be
entitled  to any  award  under  this  Plan for any year  unless  he or she is so
designated as a Participant for that year. The CEO shall make recommendations to
the Committee for the executive Participants in the Plan and their corresponding
Level of  Participation.  The Committee shall have approval  authority as to the
list of executive  Participants and their  corresponding level of participation.
The CEO will establish  annually the employees who will  participate in Level VI
and below bonus tiers.  The Committee may add to or delete  individuals from the
list of  designated  Participants  from  time to time,  at its sole  discretion,
during the year or for  subsequent  years.  Exhibit 1 identifies  those selected
Participants for the Plan Year, their  corresponding  Level of Participation and
their  Performance

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Unit.  A Performance Unit is the Company, Subsidiary or business unit upon whose
Performance Measures the Participant's awards will be determined.

         3.   Notice of Participation
         As soon as  reasonably  practicable,  each person  who is selected as a
Participant  in the Plan for a year will be  notified of his  selection  and his
Level of Participation and the criteria for awards.

         4.   Partial Payments:  New Hires
         If an individual  becomes a new  Participant  during the Plan Year, the
incentive  compensation  award will be earned on the basis of one-twelfth of the
annual incentive  compensation for each full month of employment in the calendar
year of initial employment or promotion. Any exceptions shall be approved by the
Compensation Committee.

D.   THRESHOLDS; PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
         1.   Organizational Performance
         In connection with the  designation of Participants  for each year, the
Committee   shall   establish  each  Plan  Year  minimum,   target  and  maximum
organization  performance  threshold levels  ("Threshold  Levels") for such Plan
Year  based  on  Company  and  Subsidiary   performance  measures  ("Performance
Measures").  The  Committee  may  at  its  discretion  make  adjustments  to the
performance threshold levels or to the actual Performance Measures to remove the
effect of extraordinary items or changes in accounting methods.

         The  Performance  Measures  to  be  used  for  each   Performance  Unit
(Corporate,  Utility,  E&P, and  Marketing)  will be recommended by the CEO, but
shall be set by the Committee.  The

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Weighting  Factors and performance  Threshold Levels are designated on Exhibit 3
and each Performance Measure is defined on Exhibit 3a. The Performance  Measures
and  related  definitions  may be  revised  annually  if deemed  necessary  upon
approval by the Committee.

         Achievement of the  minimum,  target or maximum  Threshold Levels shall
determine the bonus percentages ("Bonus  Percentages") to be used in calculating
bonus  amounts as set forth  herein.  The Bonus  Percentages  applicable to each
Threshold  Level  may be  established  by the  Committee  from  time  to time as
outlined in Exhibit 2. For each  Company  Performance  Measure,  a bonus  amount
shall be  calculated  for the year equal to the Bonus  Percentage  of Salary (as
defined  below)  for each  Participant,  adjusted  by a  percentage  ("Weighting
Factor")  applicable to each Company  Performance  Measure as established by the
Committee  from time to time for each year.  The  Weighting  Factors shall be as
outlined  in Exhibit 3, but may be changed by the  Committee  from year to year,
and additional Company Performance  Measures may be established,  so long as the
sum of the  Weighting  Factors is always  equal to 100  percent.  The sum of the
individual  bonus amounts so established  for each Company  Performance  Measure
shall  be equal to the  Organizational  Performance  Amount.  The  formulas  for
calculating the organizational performance awards are contained on Exhibit 4.

         2.   Individual Performance Award Amount
         The Plan  allows for  discretionary  awards to be made to  Participants
upon  the  recommendation  of the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and the
approval  of the  Committee.  These  awards  will be  based  upon an  individual
Participant's  performance against individually  established goals or an overall
assessment of a Participant's  contribution in areas that cannot be quantifiably
measured.  The  amount  so  determined  shall be the  Participant's  "Individual

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Performance Award Amount." A Participant's maximum Individual  Performance Award
Amount is equal to the Total Bonus Opportunity at the Target  Performance level.
However,  in no event can the  amount of  Individual  Performance  Award  Amount
payable  result in a Participant  receiving a total bonus award greater than the
Total Bonus Opportunity, given the organizational performance level achieved.

         3.   Final Determination of Bonus
         Each  Participant's  bonus for a year shall be  equal to the sum of (i)
the  Organizational  Performance  Amount  for  such  Participant  and  (ii)  the
Individual Performance Award Amount for such Participant.

         4.  Chief Executive Officer's Discretionary Pool
         In each Plan Year, the Chief  Executive Officer of the Company,  in his
sole  discretion,  will be  authorized  to make awards from the Chief  Executive
Officer's  Discretionary Pool to any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries
who is not a  Participant  in the Plan.  Each  Plan  Year,  the Chief  Executive
Officer,  with the approval of the  Committee,  will  establish the amount to be
allocated to the Chief Executive Officer's  Discretionary Pool.  Initially,  the
amount will be set at 1% of the aggregate base salaries of the exempt  employees
who are not  specified  Participants  under  this  Southwestern  Energy  Company
Incentive Compensation Plan.

         5.  Salary

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         Salary for purposes of  computing  bonuses  hereunder shall be equal to
the average annual base salary in effect for such Participant for the Plan Year.

E.   PAYMENT OF AWARD
         The total  bonus  payable  for any Plan Year  shall be  payable to each
Participant as soon as practicable after the date of determination of the amount
thereof and a minimum of 75 percent of such amount shall be payable in cash. The
balance shall be payable as the Committee may determine in its sole  discretion,
either  in  cash or in an  award  of  shares  of  common  stock  of the  Company
("Shares")  having an aggregate  Fair Market Value (FMV) equal to the balance of
the bonus.  The FMV shall be equal to the  closing  sale price of the  Company's
common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the day  immediately
preceding  the date of payment  of such  bonus.  The  Shares so issued  shall be
subject to the restrictions set forth below.

         The Committee may, in its  absolute discretion,  in connection with any
grant of Restricted Stock or at any time thereafter, grant a cash bonus, payable
promptly after the date on which the Participant is required to recognize income
for federal  income tax  purposes in  connection  with such grant of  Restricted
Stock,  in such  amounts as the  Committee  shall  determine  from time to time;
provided,  however  that in no event shall the amount of a cash bonus exceed the
FMV of the related  shares of Restricted  Stock on such date. A cash bonus shall
be subject to such  conditions as the Committee  shall  determine at the time of
the grant of such cash  bonus  and also  subject  to the  Company's  1993  Stock
Incentive Plan ("the Stock Plan").

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         Unless the  Committee otherwise  determines,  no bonus shall be payable
to any  Participant  who is not an active  employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries at the end of the Plan Year for which such bonus is payable.

F.   RESTRICTED SHARES AWARDED
         Any Restricted Shares awarded to a  Participant under this Plan will be
awarded  under the Stock Plan.  As such,  the terms and  provisions of the Stock
Plan shall apply and control any Restricted Shares awarded under this Plan.

G.  PAYMENT OF AWARDS-CHANGE IN CONTROL
         1. In the event a  Participant's employment is terminated on or after a
Change in Control (as defined below) (a) by the Company (other than for Cause as
defined below) (b) voluntarily by any Participant  with whom the Company has not
entered into a severance agreement or any agreement in the nature of a severance
agreement  for  Good  Reason  (as  defined  below)  or  (c)  voluntarily  by any
Participant  with whom the Company has entered into a severance  agreement or an
agreement  in  the  nature  of a  severance  agreement,  pursuant  to  the  same
conditions  (if any)  for  payment  in the  event of  voluntary  termination  of
employment  on or after a  Change  in  Control  provided  for in such  severance
agreements:

              (i) Any annual  incentive  determined or determinable  but not yet
              paid as of the date of such termination of employment, immediately
              shall be paid.

              (ii) Any annual  incentive  not yet  determined  as of the date of
              such  termination of employment,  immediately  shall be determined
              pursuant to the  subsection 3 below

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

              entitled  "Partial  Payments: Termination of Employment" and shall
              be paid in a lump sum to such Participant.

         2. For all purposes  under the Plan, (a) the term "Cause," when used in
connection with the termination of the  Participant's  employment shall mean (i)
the willful and continued  failure by the Participant  substantially  to perform
his duties and  obligations  (other than any such failure  resulting from his or
her  Disability) or (ii) the willful  engaging by the  Participant in misconduct
which is materially  injurious to the Company.  For purposes of this definition,
no act, or failure to act, on a Participant's part shall be considered "willful"
unless done, or omitted to be done, by the  Participant in bad faith and without
reasonable  belief that his or her action or omission was in the best  interests
of the Company or a participating Subsidiary.


(b) "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

         (i) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of
         the  Securities   Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and
         "Acquiring  Person")  becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as such term is
         defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act),  directly or
         indirectly,  of securities of Southwestern Energy Company  representing
         20 percent or more of the combined voting power of Southwestern  Energy
         Company's then outstanding  securities,  excluding any employee benefit
         plan  sponsored or maintained by  Southwestern  Energy  Company (or any
         trustee of such plan as trustee);

         (ii) Southwestern Energy Company's stockholders approve an agreement to
         merge  or   consolidate   Southwestern   Energy  Company  with  another
         corporation  (other than a

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

         corporation 60 percent or more of which is  controlled  by, or is under
         common control with, Southwestern Energy Company);

         (iii) any  individual who is nominated by the Board for election to the
         Board on any date fails to be so elected as a direct or indirect result
         of any proxy fight or contested election for positions on the Board;

         (iv) a "Change in Control" of  Southwestern  Energy Company of a nature
         that would be  required  to be  reported  in  response  to Item 6(e) of
         Schedule  14A of  Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the  Exchange Act
         occurs; or

         (v) a  majority  of the  Board  determines  in its  sole  and  absolute
         discretion  that  there has been a Change in  Control  of  Southwestern
         Energy   Company  or  that  there  will  be  a  Change  in  Control  of
         Southwestern  Energy Company upon the  occurrence of certain  specified
         events and such events occur.

(c) "Disability"  shall mean a  physical or mental incapacity of the Participant
which  entitles the  Participant to benefits at least equal to two-thirds of his
base salary during the period of such incapacity  under any long term disability
plan  applicable to him and maintained by the Company and in effect  immediately
prior to a Change in Control.

(d) "Good Reason," when used with  reference to a termination by the Participant
of his employment with the Company, shall mean:

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

         (i) the assignment to the Participant of any duties  inconsistent with,
         or the reduction of hours or functions  associated with, his positions,
         duties,  responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior
         to a Change in Control,  or any removal of the Participant from, or any
         failure to reelect the  Participant  to, any  positions or offices that
         the Participant held immediately  prior to a Change in Control,  except
         in connection with the termination of the  Participant's  employment by
         the  Company  for Cause or on account  of  Disability  pursuant  to the
         requirements of the Plan;

         (ii)  a  reduction  of  the  Participant's  base  salary  as in  effect
         immediately prior to a Change in Control, except in connection with the
         termination of the Participant's employment by the Company for Cause or
         on account of Disability pursuant to the requirements of the Plan;

         (iii) a  change  in the  Participant's  principal  work  location  to a
         location  more  than  forty  (40)  miles  from the  Participant's  work
         location  immediately  prior to a Change in Control except for required
         travel on  business  to an  extent  substantially  consistent  with the
         Participant's business travel obligations immediately prior to a Change
         in Control;

         (iv) (A) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any  employee
         benefit plan, program or arrangement  (including,  without  limitation,
         "employee  benefit  plans"  within the  meaning of Section  3(3) of the
         Employee   Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974)  in  which  the
         Participant was participating  immediately prior to a Change in Control
         (or  substitute   plans,   programs  or   arrangements   providing  the
         Participant with substantially similar benefits), (B) the taking of any
         action,  or the failure to take any action,  by the

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

         Company   which   could  (1)   adversely   affect   the   Participant's
         participation in, or materially reduce the Participant's benefits under
         any of such plans,  programs or arrangements,  (2) materially adversely
         affect  the  basis for  computing  benefits  under  any of such  plans,
         programs or arrangements or (3) deprive the Participant of any material
         fringe benefit enjoyed by the Participant immediately prior to a Change
         in Control or (C) the failure by the Company to provide the Participant
         with the  number of paid  vacation  days to which the  Participant  was
         entitled  immediately  prior to a Change in Control in accordance  with
         the Company's  vacation policy  applicable to the  Participant  then in
         effect, except, in each case, in connection with the termination of the
         Participant's  employment  by the  Company  for Cause or on  account of
         Disability pursuant to the requirements of the Plan;

         (v) the  failure by the Company to pay the  Participant  any portion of
         the  Participant's  current   compensation,   or  any  portion  of  the
         Participant's  compensation  deferred  under  any  plan,  agreement  or
         arrangement  of or with the Company,  within seven (7) days of the date
         such compensation is due;

         (vi)  a  material  increase  in  the  required  working  hours  of  the
         Participant from that required prior to a Change in Control;

         (vii)  the  failure  by the  Company  to obtain  an  assumption  of the
         obligations  of the  Company  under  the Plan by any  successor  to the
         Company; or

         (viii) any termination of the  Participant's  employment by the Company
         which is not effected pursuant to the requirements of the Plan.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         3.   Partial Payments:  Termination of Employment
         In the event of a Participant's  termination of employment,  other than
(a) a termination  by the Company (other than for Cause) on or after a Change in
Control,  (b)  voluntarily  by any  Participant  with whom the  Company  has not
entered into a severance agreement or any agreement in the nature of a severance
agreement for Good Cause (as defined above) on or after a Change in Control, (c)
voluntarily  by any  Participant  with  whom  the  Company  has  entered  into a
severance agreement or an agreement in the nature of a severance agreement on or
after a Change in Control, pursuant to the same conditions (if any) provided for
in such severance agreement for payment in the event of a voluntary  termination
of employment on or after a Change in Control,  (d) by the Participant's  death,
(e) by disability or (f) by retirement, any unpaid incentive compensation awards
shall be  subject to  forfeiture  at the  discretion  of the  Committee.  If the
termination is a result of retirement or Disability,  the  Participant  shall be
considered to have earned one-twelfth of the annual incentive compensation award
of a particular  year for each full month of  employment in the calendar year of
retirement.

         In the event of termination by the Company (other than for Cause) on or
after a Change in Control,  voluntarily by any Participant with whom the Company
has not entered into a severance  agreement or any  agreement in the nature of a
severance  agreement  for  Good  Reason  on or  after a Change  in  Control,  or
voluntarily  by any  Participant  with  whom  the  Company  has  entered  into a
severance agreement or an agreement in the nature of a severance  agreement,  on
or after a Change  in  Control  pursuant  to the  same  conditions  (if any) for
payment in the event of a  voluntary  termination  of  employment  on or after a
Change in Control provided for in such severance  agreement and in the event the
Participant's employment terminates prior to the end of any calendar year:

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

(a)      The Participant's annual incentive  compensation  award for the year of
     termination  shall be determined  based on the number of full months in the
     calendar  year  in  which  the  termination  of  employment  occurs  during
     which  the  employee  was a  Participant  in this  Plan.  In the  event the
     Participant's  employment terminates prior to the end of any calendar year,
     the  performance  measures  used  in  determining  a  Participant's  annual
     incentive   compensation   award  shall  be   determined   by   annualizing
     Southwestern  Energy  Company's  results  to  date  with  respect  to  each
     Performance  Measure.  Each of the Performance Measures for such incomplete
     calendar year for the respective Performance Unit (i.e. Corporate, Utility,
     E&P or  Marketing)  shall be deemed  to be  Southwestern  Energy  Company's
     projected Performance Measures (i.e. Cash Flow, EPS, G&A, Production, etc.)
     for such  calendar  year (as  reflected in  Southwestern  Energy  Company's
     Annual Budget for such calendar year, prepared in the immediately preceding
     calendar  year) plus or minus a percentage  of such  projected  Performance
     Measure,  equal to the percentage by which  Southwestern  Energy  Company's
     actual annualized Performance Measure during such incomplete calendar year,
     exceeds  or is  exceeded  by the  projected  Performance  Measure  for such
     incomplete calendar year.

(b)      The Individual  Performance Award Amount for such  Participant shall be
     the Compensation Committee's most recent  estimation of such  Participant's
     performance  for the  calendar year in  which the  Participant's employment
     terminates  or, if there  shall be no such  estimation  and the Participant
     was a  Participant in the Plan in the immediately  preceding calendar year,
     the Individual  Performance  Award  Amount  for such  Participant  for such
     immediately preceding calendar year.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         For all purposes  under the Plan, on or after a Change in Control,  the
term Compensation  Committee shall mean the Compensation  Committee of the Board
as it existed immediately prior to such Change in Control.

H.   NO VESTED RIGHTS
         Neither  the  adoption  of the Plan nor any  action of the Board or the
Committee  shall  be  deemed  to give  any  employee  any  right  to be  granted
participation in the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer any right
upon any employee  concerning the continuation of employment with the Company or
interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate  his  employment
at any time.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company from
taking any corporate  action which is deemed by the Company to be appropriate or
in its best interest,  whether or not such action will have an adverse effect on
the  Plan  or any  Participant  or any  award  made  thereunder.  No  employees,
beneficiaries  or other person  shall have any claim  against the Company or any
Subsidiary as a result of any action and no Participant  shall have any claim or
legal right to a bonus  hereunder  until such time as the  bonuses are  actually
paid pursuant to Section E hereof.

I.   NON-ASSIGNMENT
         The interest of any Participant  under the Plan shall not be assignable
either by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law.

J.   TERM OF THE PLAN
         Awards may be granted  pursuant  to this Plan for any year ending on or
before  December 31, 2009 unless the Plan is sooner  terminated  by the Board of
Directors.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

K.   AMENDMENTS
         The Board may, from time to time, amend, alter,  suspend or discontinue
the Plan or alter or amend any and all awards of Shares granted thereunder prior
to the issuance thereof.  The power of the Board to amend the Plan shall include
the power to amend the Plan,  without the approval of  shareholders,  to provide
that all bonuses shall be payable in cash.

                                      -15-



                                    APPENDIX

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                            1993 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
                (As Amended and Restated as of February 18, 1998)


1.    Purpose of the Plan
      This Southwestern  Energy Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to
promote the  interests  of the Company and its  shareholders  by  providing  the
Company's key employees on whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful
conduct of the  business  of the  Company  largely  depends  and who are largely
responsible  for the  management,  growth and  protection of the business of the
Company,  with appropriate  incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue
in the employ of the Company and to maximize their performance.

2.    Definitions
      As  used  in the  Plan,  the  following  definitions  apply  to the  terms
indicated below:

           (a)  "Board of Directors" shall  mean the  Board of Directors  of the
      Company.

           (b)  "Cause,"  when  used in  connection  with the  termination  of a
      Participant's  employment with the Company,  shall mean the termination of
      the Participant's  employment by the Company on account of (i) the willful
      and  continued  failure by the  Participant  substantially  to perform his
      duties  and  obligations  to the  Company  (other  than any  such  failure
      resulting from his  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) or (ii)
      the willful  engaging by the Participant in misconduct which is materially
      injurious to the Company.  For purposes of this Section  2(b),  no act, or
      failure to act,  on a  Participant's  part shall be  considered  "willful"
      unless done,  or omitted to be done, by the  Participant  in bad faith and
      without  reasonable  belief  that his action or  omission  was in the best
      interests of the Company

           (c)  "Cash  Bonus"  shall  mean an award of a bonus  payable  in cash
      pursuant to Section 13 hereof.

           (d)  "Change  in  Control"  shall mean the  occurrence  of any of the
      following:

                (i) any  "person"  (as such term is used in  Sections  13(d) and
           14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act,  an  "Acquiring  Person")  becomes  the
           "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated
           under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
           Company  representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the
           Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any employee benefit
           plan  sponsored or  maintained by the Company (or any trustee of such
           plan acting as trustee);

                (ii) the Company's stockholders approve an agreement to merge or
           consolidate  the  Company  with  another  corporation  (other  than a
           corporation 50% or more of which is controlled by, or is under common
           control with, the Company);

                (iii) any  individual who is nominated by the Board of Directors
           for  election  to the Board of  Directors  on any date fails to be so
           elected  as a  direct  or  indirect  result  of any  proxy  fight  or
           contested election for positions on the Board;

                (iv) a "change in control" of the Company of a nature that would
           be required  to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule  14A
           of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act occurs; or

                (v) a majority of the Board  determines in its sole and absolute
           discretion  that there has been a Change in Control of the Company or
           that  there  will be a Change  in  Control  of the  Company  upon the
           occurrence of certain specified events and such events occur.

           (e)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

                                       1
<PAGE>

           (f)  "Committee" shall mean the  Compensation  Committee of the Board
      of Directors  or such  other  committee  as the Board  of Directors  shall
      appoint from time to time to administer the Plan; provided, however;  that
      the Committee  shall at all times consist of two or more persons,  each of
      whom shall be a "disinterested person" within the  meaning  of Rule  16b-3
      promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

           (g)  "Company" shall mean  Southwestern Energy  Company,  an Arkansas
      corporation, and each of its Subsidiaries.

           (h)  "Company Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company.

           (i)  "Disability" shall mean  any physical or mental  condition  that
      would qualify a Participant  for a disability  benefit under the long-term
      disability plan maintained by the Company and applicable to him.

           (j)  "Exchange Act" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
      as amended.

           (k)  the "Fair Market Value" of a share of Company Stock with respect
      to any day  shall  be (i)  the  closing  sales  price  on the  immediately
      preceding  business  day of a share of Company  Stock as  reported  on the
      principal  securities  exchange on which shares of Company  Stock are then
      listed or admitted to trading or (ii) if not so  reported,  the average of
      the closing bid and ask prices on the immediately  preceding  business day
      as reported on the National  Association of Securities  Dealers  Automated
      Quotation  System or (iii) if not so reported,  as furnished by any member
      of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. selected by the
      Committee.  In the event that the price of a share of Company  Stock shall
      not be so  reported,  the Fair  Market  Value of a share of Company  Stock
      shall be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion.

           (1)  "Incentive  Award"  shall  mean an  Option,  LSAR,  Tandem  SAR,
      Stand-Alone SAR, share of Restricted Stock,  share of Phantom Stock, Stock
      Bonus or Cash Bonus granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

           (m)  "Incentive  Stock  Option"  shall  mean  an  Option  that  is an
      "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and
      that is identified as an Incentive  Stock Option in the agreement by which
      it is evidenced.

           (n)  "Issue Date" shall mean the date established by the Committee on
      which certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued
      by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 10(d) hereof.

           (o)  "LSAR" shall  mean a limited  stock  appreciation  right that is
      granted  pursuant to the  provisions of Section 7 hereof and which relates
      to an Option. Each LSAR shall be exercisable only upon the occurrence of a
      Change in  Control  and only in the  alternative  to the  exercise  of its
      related Option.

           (p)  "Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean an Option that is not an
      Incentive Stock Option.

           (q)  "Option" shall  mean an  option to  purchase  shares of  Company
      Stock  granted  pursuant  to  Section  6  hereof.  Each  Option  shall  be
      identified as either an Incentive  Stock Option or a  Non-Qualified  Stock
      Option in the agreement by which it is evidenced.

           (r)  "Participant"  shall  mean an  employee  of the  Company  who is
      eligible  to  participate  in the Plan and to whom an  Incentive  Award is
      granted pursuant to the Plan, and, upon his death, his successors,  heirs,
      executors and administrators, as the case may be.

           (s)  "Person" shall mean a "person," as such term is used in Sections
      13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

           (t)  "Phantom Stock" shall mean the right to receive in cash the Fair
      Market Value of a share of Company Stock,  which right is granted pursuant
      to  Section 11 hereof and  subject to the terms and  conditions  contained
      therein.

           (u)  "Plan" shall mean the  Southwestern  Energy  Company  1993 Stock
      Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

                                       2
<PAGE>

           (v)  "Restricted  Stock" shall mean a share of Company Stock which is
      granted pursuant to the terms of Section 10 hereof and which is subject to
      the  restrictions  set forth in Section  10(c)  hereof for so long as such
      restrictions continue to apply to such share.

           (w)  "Securities  Act"  shall  mean the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
      amended.

           (x) "Stand-Alone SAR" shall mean a stock  appreciation  right granted
      pursuant to Section 9 hereof which is not related to any Option.

           (y)  "Stock Bonus" shall mean a grant of a bonus payable in shares of
      Company Stock pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

           (z)  "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation in which, at the time of
      reference, the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock comprising more
      than fifty  percent of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of
      stock of such corporation.

           (aa) "Tandem  SAR" shall  mean  a stock  appreciation  right  granted
      pursuant  to Section 8 hereof  which is related to an Option.  Each Tandem
      SAR  shall  be  exercisable  only to the  extent  its  related  Option  is
      exercisable  and only in the  alternative  to the  exercise of its related
      Option.

           (bb) "Vesting Date" shall mean the date  established by the Committee
      on which a share of Restricted Stock or Phantom Stock may vest.

3.    Stock Subject to the Plan
      Under the Plan, the Committee may grant to Participants (i) Options,  (ii)
LSARs, (iii) Tandem SARs, (iv) Stand-Alone SARs, (v) shares of Restricted Stock,
(vi) shares of Phantom Stock, (vii) Stock Bonuses and (viii) Cash Bonuses.

      Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14 hereof,  the Committee may
grant: (a) Options, shares of Restricted Stock, and Stock Bonuses under the Plan
with respect to a number of shares of Company Stock that in the aggregate,  does
not exceed 1,700,000  shares;  and (b) Stand-Alone SARs, shares of Phantom Stock
and Cash Awards with respect to a number of shares of Company  Stock that in the
aggregate does not exceed 1,700,000 shares.

      To the extent Incentive  Awards granted under the Plan are exercised,  the
shares  covered will be  unavailable  for future  grants under the Plan.  To the
extent that Options  together  with any related  rights  granted  under the Plan
terminate,  expire or are cancelled  without having been  exercised,  or; in the
case of LSARs, Stand-Alone SARs or Tandem SARs exercised for cash, new Incentive
Awards may be made with respect to the shares covered thereby. In the event that
any shares of Restricted  Stock or Phantom Stock, or any shares of Company Stock
granted in a Stock Bonus are forfeited or cancelled for any reason,  such shares
(together  with any related Cash  Bonuses)  shall again be available  for grants
under the Plan;  provided  that, if and to the extent  required under Rule 16b-3
promulgated  under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, no shares of Company Stock
in respect of a forfeited  Stock Bonus or grant of Restricted  Stock shall again
be  available  for  grant to the  extent  that,  prior to such  forfeiture,  the
Participant  had any benefits of ownership  such as the present right to receive
dividends distributed with respect thereto.

     Shares of Company  Stock  issued under the Plan may be either newly issued
shares or treasury shares, at the discretion of the Committee.

4.    Administration of the Plan
      The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee shall from
time to time  designate  the key  employees  of the Company who shall be granted
Incentive Awards and the amount and type of such Incentive Awards.

      The Committee shall have full authority to administer the Plan,  including
authority to interpret  and construe any  provision of the Plan and the terms of
any Incentive  Award issued under it and to adopt such rules and regulations for
administering the Plan as it may deem necessary or appropriate. Decisions of the
Committee shall be final and binding

                                       3
<PAGE>

on all parties.

      The Committee may, in its absolute  discretion,  without  amendment to the
Plan, (i)  accelerate  the date on which any Option or  Stand-Alone  SAR granted
under the Plan becomes exercisable or otherwise adjust, to the extent consistent
with  other  provisions  of the  Plan,  any of  the  terms  of  such  Option  or
Stand-Alone  SAR other than a downward  adjustment to the exercise  price,  (ii)
accelerate  the  Vesting  Date or Issue  Date,  or waive any  condition  imposed
hereunder,  with respect to any share of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan
or  otherwise  adjust  any of the  terms  of such  Restricted  Stock  and  (iii)
accelerate  the Vesting  Date or waive any  condition  imposed  hereunder,  with
respect to any share of Phantom Stock granted under the Plan or otherwise adjust
any of the terms of such Phantom Stock.

      In addition,  the Committee  may, in its absolute  discretion  and without
amendment to the Plan, grant Incentive Awards of any type to Participants on the
condition  that such  Participants  surrender to the Committee for  cancellation
such  other  Incentive  Awards  of the same or any other  type as the  Committee
specifies.  Notwithstanding  Section 3 herein,  prior to the  surrender  of such
other  Incentive  Awards,  Incentive  Awards  granted  pursuant to the preceding
sentence of this Section 4 shall not count  against the limits set forth in such
Section 3.  However,  stock  options  and stock  appreciation  rights may not be
surrendered  for other stock options or stock  appreciation  rights with a lower
exercise  price unless both count  towards the aggregate  limitations  under the
Stock Plan.

      Whether  an  authorized  leave of  absence,  or  absence  in  military  or
government  service,   shall  constitute  termination  of  employment  shall  be
determined by the Committee subject to applicable law.

      No member of the Committee  shall be liable for any action,  omission,  or
determination  relating to the Plan,  and the Company  shall  indemnify and hold
harmless each member of the Committee and each other director or employee of the
Company  to  whom  any  duty  or  power  relating  to  the   administration   or
interpretation  of the Plan  has  been  delegated  against  any cost or  expense
(including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a
claim with the approval of the Committee) arising out of any action, omission or
determination  relating  to the Plan,  unless,  in  either  case,  such  action,
omission or determination was taken or made by such member, director or employee
in bad faith and without  reasonable belief that it was in the best interests of
the Company.

5.    Eligibility
      The persons who shall be eligible to receive  Incentive Awards pursuant to
the Plan shall be such key employees of the Company who are largely  responsible
for the  management,  growth  and  protection  of the  business  of the  Company
(including  officers of the  Company,  whether or not they are  directors of the
Company) as the Committee shall select from time to time.  Directors who are not
employees or officers of the Company shall not be eligible to receive  Incentive
Awards under the Plan.

6.    Options
      The Committee may grant Options  pursuant to the Plan.  Such Options shall
be evidenced by agreements in such form as the Committee shall from time to time
approve.  Options  shall comply with and be subject to the  following  terms and
conditions:

      (a) Identification of Options
      All  Options  granted  under the Plan shall be clearly  identified  in the
agreement  evidencing  such  Options  as either  Incentive  Stock  Options or as
Non-Qualified Stock Options.

      (b) Exercise Price
      The exercise  price of any Option granted under the Plan shall be not less
than 100% of the Fair  Market  Value of a share of Company  Stock on the date on
which such Option is granted.

      (c) Term and Exercise of Options
      (1) Each Option shall be  exercisable  on such date or dates,  during such
period and for such number of shares of Company  Stock as shall be determined by
the  Committee  on the day on which such  Option is granted and set forth in the
Option agreement with respect to such Option; provided,  however; that no Option
shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option
was  granted;  and,  provided,  further;  that each  Option  shall be subject to
earlier termination, expiration or cancellation as provided in the Plan.

                                       4
<PAGE>

      (2) Each Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part;  provided,  that
no partial  exercise of an Option  shall be for an aggregate  exercise  price of
less  than  $1,000.  The  partial  exercise  of an  Option  shall  not cause the
expiration,  termination or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof.  Upon
the partial exercise of an Option, the agreements evidencing such Option and any
related LSARs and Tandem SARs,  marked with such  notations as the Committee may
deem  appropriate  to evidence such partial  exercise,  shall be returned to the
Participant   exercising   such  Option   together  with  the  delivery  of  the
certificates described in Section 6(c)(5) hereof.

      (3) An Option  shall be exercised by  delivering  notice to the  Company's
principal office,  to the attention of its Secretary,  no less than one business
day in advance of the effective date of the proposed exercise. Such notice shall
be accompanied by the agreements evidencing the Option and any related LSARs and
Tandem SARs, shall specify the number of shares of Company Stock with respect to
which the  Option is being  exercised  and the  effective  date of the  proposed
exercise and shall be signed by the  Participant.  The  Participant may withdraw
such  notice at any time  prior to the close of  business  on the  business  day
immediately preceding the effective date of the proposed exercise, in which case
such  agreements  shall be returned to him.  Payment for shares of Company Stock
purchased  upon the exercise of an Option shall be made on the effective date of
such exercise  either (i) in cash, by certified  check,  bank cashier's check or
wire  transfer or (ii)  subject to the approval of the  Committee,  in shares of
Company Stock owned by the  Participant and valued at their Fair Market Value on
the effective date of such  exercise,  or partly in shares of Company Stock with
the balance in cash, by certified check,  bank cashier's check or wire transfer.
Any payment in shares of Company Stock shall be effected by the delivery of such
shares to the Secretary of the Company, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by
stock  powers duly  executed in blank,  together  with any other  documents  and
evidences as the Secretary of the Company shall require from time to time.

      (4) During the  lifetime  of a  Participant,  each  Option  granted to the
Participant  shall be exercisable  only by the  Participant.  No Option shall be
assignable or transferrable  otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or
distribution,  nor shall any Option be  permitted  to be pledged in any  manner.
However,  any Non-Qualified  Stock Option,  including the right to exercise such
option,  may also be transferred  by a Participant  or a subsequent  transferee,
during the Participant's  lifetime,  only to: (i) one or more of a Participant's
spouse or natural or adopted lineal descendants;  or (ii) a trust,  partnership,
corporation  or other similar entity which is owned solely by one or more of the
Participant's spouse or natural or adopted lineal descendants or which will hold
such  Non-Qualified  Stock Options solely for the benefit of one or more of such
persons.

      (5)  Certificates  for shares of Company Stock purchased upon the exercise
of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or his  beneficiary,
as the case may be, and delivered to the Participant or his beneficiary,  as the
case may be, as soon as  practicable  following the effective  date on which the
Option is exercised.

      (d) Limitations on Grant of Options
      (1) The maximum number of common shares of stock underlying  Options which
may be awarded to any single Participant under the Plan is 425,000.

      (2) The  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value of shares of  Company  Stock  with
respect to which Incentive  Stock Options granted  hereunder are exercisable for
the first time by a Participant  during any calendar year under the Plan and any
other stock option plan of the Company (or any  "subsidiary  corporation" of the
Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  424 of the Code)  shall  not  exceed
$100,000.  Such Fair Market  Value shall be  determined  as of the date on which
each such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted.  In the event that the  aggregate
Fair  Market  Value of shares of Company  Stock with  respect to such  Incentive
Stock Options exceeds  $100,000,  then Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder
to such  Participant  shall,  to the  extent and in the order in which they were
granted,  automatically  be deemed to be  Non-Qualified  Stock Options,  but all
other  terms  and  provisions  of such  Incentive  Stock  Options  shall  remain
unchanged.

      (3) No Incentive  Stock Option may be granted to an individual  if, at the
time of the proposed grant,  such individual owns stock possessing more than ten
percent  of the  total  combined  voting  power of all  classes  of stock of the
Company or any of its "subsidiary  corporations"  (within the meaning of Section
424 of the Code),  unless (i) the exercise price of such Incentive  Stock Option
is at least one hundred  and ten percent of the Fair Market  Value of a share of
Company Stock at the time such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted and (ii) such
Incentive  Stock Option is not  exercisable  after the  expiration of five years
from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

                                       5
<PAGE>

      (e) Effect of Termination of Employment
      (1) In the event that the  employment  of a  Participant  with the Company
shall terminate for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death (i) Options
granted to such  Participant,  to the extent that they were  exercisable  at the
time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the expiration of three
months after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (ii) Options
granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the
time of such  termination,  shall expire at the close of business on the date of
such termination;  provided,  however; that no Option shall be exercisable after
the expiration of its term.

      (2) In the event that the  employment  of a  Participant  with the Company
shall  terminate on account of the  Disability or death of the  Participant  (i)
Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at
the time of such termination,  shall remain  exercisable until the expiration of
one year after such  termination,  on which  date they  shall  expire,  and (ii)
Options  granted  to  such  Participant,  to  the  extent  that  they  were  not
exercisable  at the  time of such  termination,  shall  expire  at the  close of
business  on the date of such  termination;  provided,  however;  that no Option
shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

      (3) In the event of the  termination  of a  Participant's  employment  for
Cause, all outstanding  Options granted to such Participant  shall expire at the
commencement of business on the date of such termination.

      (4) Notwithstanding  anything  to the contrary  contained  herein,  in the
event that the employment of a Participant  with the Company shall terminate for
death,  disability  or  retirement,  the  Committee  may waive  the  accelerated
expiration   provisions  of  subsection  6(e)  as  they  apply  to  any  or  all
Non-Qualified  Stock  Options  or any or all stand  alone  SARs  granted  to the
Participant,  to the  extent  that  they  were  exercisable  at the time of such
termination, so that they shall remain exercisable until the expiration of their
term.   Non-Qualified  Stock  Options  or  stand  alone  SARs  granted  to  such
Participant,  to the extent that they were not  exercisable  at the time of such
termination,  shall  expire  at the  close  of  business  on the  date  of  such
termination;  provided,  however;  that a Non-Qualified Stock Option and a stand
alone SAR shall not be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

      (f) Acceleration of Exercise Date Upon Change in Control
      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control,  each Option granted under the
Plan and outstanding at such time shall become fully and immediately exercisable
and shall remain  exercisable until its expiration,  termination or cancellation
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

7.    Limited SARs

      The Committee may grant in connection  with any Option  granted  hereunder
one or more LSARs  relating to a number of shares of Company  Stock less than or
equal to the number of shares of Company Stock subject to the related Option. An
LSAR may be  granted  at the same time as,  or,  in the case of a  Non-Qualified
Stock Option,  subsequent to the time that, its related Option is granted.  Each
LSAR shall be evidenced by an agreement in such form as the Committee shall from
time to time  approve.  Each LSAR  granted  hereunder  shall be  subject  to the
following terms and conditions:

      (a) Benefit Upon Exercise
      (1) The exercise of an LSAR relating to a Non-Qualified  Stock Option with
respect to any number of shares of Company Stock shall  entitle the  Participant
to a cash payment,  for each such share,  equal to the excess of (i) the greater
of (A) the  highest  price  per share of  Company  Stock  paid in the  Change in
Control in connection  with which such LSAR became  exercisable and (B) the Fair
Market  Value of a share of Company  Stock on the date of such Change in Control
over (ii) the exercise price of the related  Option.  Such payment shall be made
as soon as  practicable,  but in no  event  later  than the  expiration  of five
business days after the effective date of such exercise.

      (2) The  exercise of an LSAR  relating to an  Incentive  Stock Option with
respect to any number of shares of Company Stock shall  entitle the  Participant
to a cash  payment,  for each such  share,  equal to the  excess of (i) the Fair
Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the effective  date of such exercise
over (ii) the exercise price of the related  Option.  Such payment shall be made
as soon as practical, but in no event later than the expiration of five business
days, after the effective date of such exercise.

      (b) Term and Exercise of LSARs

                                       6
<PAGE>

      (1) An LSAR shall be exercisable only during the period  commencing on the
first day following the occurrence of a Change in Control and terminating on the
expiration of sixty days after such date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence
of this Section 7(b), in the event that an LSAR held by any  Participant  who is
or may be subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act becomes
exercisable prior to the expiration of six months following the date on which it
is granted, then the LSAR shall also be exercisable during the period commencing
on the first day  immediately  following the expiration of such six month period
and   terminating   on  the  expiration  of  sixty  days  following  such  date.
Notwithstanding  anything else herein,  an LSAR  relating to an Incentive  Stock
Option may be  exercised  with  respect to a share of Company  Stock only if the
Fair Market Value of such share on the effective  date of such exercise  exceeds
the exercise price relating to such share. Notwithstanding anything else herein,
an LSAR may be  exercised  only if and to the extent that the Option to which it
relates is exercisable.

      (2) The  exercise of an LSAR with respect to a number of shares of Company
Stock shall cause the  immediate  and  automatic  cancellation  of the Option to
which it relates with  respect to an equal number of shares.  The exercise of an
Option, or the cancellation,  termination or expiration of an Option (other than
pursuant to this Paragraph  (2)),  with respect to a number of shares of Company
Stock, shall cause the cancellation of the LSAR related to it with respect to an
equal number of shares.

      (3) Each LSAR shall be exercisable in whole or in part; provided,  that no
partial  exercise of an LSAR shall be for an  aggregate  exercise  price of less
than  $1,000.  The partial  exercise of an LSAR shall not cause the  expiration,
termination or cancellation of the remaining  portion thereof.  Upon the partial
exercise of an LSAR, the agreements  evidencing the LSAR, the related Option and
any Tandem  SARs  related to such  Option,  marked  with such  notations  as the
Committee  may deem  appropriate  to evidence  such partial  exercise,  shall be
returned  to the  Participant  exercising  such LSAR  together  with the payment
described in Paragraph 7(a)(1) or (2) hereof, as applicable.

      (4) During the lifetime of a  Participant,  each LSAR granted to him shall
be  exercisable  only by him.  No  LSAR  shall  be  assignable  or  transferable
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution and otherwise
than  together  with its related  Option,  nor shall any LSAR be permitted to be
pledged in any manner.

      (5) An LSAR shall be  exercised  by  delivering  notice  to the  Company's
principal office,  to the attention of its Secretary,  no less than one business
day in advance of the effective date of the proposed exercise. Such notice shall
be  accompanied by the  applicable  agreements  evidencing the LSAR, the related
Option and any Tandem SARs relating to such Option,  shall specify the number of
shares of Company  Stock with respect to which the LSAR is being  exercised  and
the  effective  date  of the  proposed  exercise  and  shall  be  signed  by the
Participant.  The  Participant may withdraw such notice at any time prior to the
close of business on the business day  immediately  preceding the effective date
of the proposed  exercise,  in which case such  agreements  shall be returned to
him.

8.    Tandem SARs
      The Committee may grant in connection  with any Option  granted  hereunder
one or more  Tandem SARs  relating  to a number of shares of Company  Stock less
than or equal to the number of shares of Company  Stock  subject to the  related
Option.  A Tandem SAR may be granted at the same time as, or  subsequent  to the
time that, its related Option is granted.  Each Tandem SAR shall be evidenced by
an  agreement  in such form as the  Committee  shall from time to time  approve.
Tandem  SARs  shall  comply  with and be  subject  to the  following  terms  and
conditions:

      (a) Benefit Upon Exercise
      The  exercise  of a Tandem  SAR with  respect  to any  number of shares of
Company  Stock shall  entitle a  Participant  to a cash  payment,  for each such
share,  equal to the excess of (i) the Fair  Market  Value of a share of Company
Stock on the effective date of such exercise over (ii) the exercise price of the
related  Option.  Such payment shall be made as soon as  practicable,  but in no
event later than the expiration of five business days,  after the effective date
of such exercise.

      (b) Term and Exercise of Tandem SAR
      (1) A Tandem  SAR  shall be  exercisable  at the same time and to the same
extent (on a proportional  basis,  with any fractional amount being rounded down
to  the   immediately   preceding   whole   number)  as  its   related   Option.
Notwithstanding  the first  sentence of this Section  8(b)(1),  (i) a Tandem SAR
shall not be exercisable at any time that an LSAR related to the Option to which
the Tandem SAR is related is  exercisable  and (ii) a Tandem SAR  relating to an
Incentive Stock Option may be exercised with respect to a share of Company Stock
only if the Fair  Market  Value  of such  share  on the  effective

                                       7
<PAGE>

date of such exercise exceeds the exercise price relating to such share.

      (2) The  exercise  of a Tandem  SAR with  respect to a number of shares of
Company  Stock shall  cause the  immediate  and  automatic  cancellation  of its
related  Option with  respect to an equal  number of shares.  The exercise of an
Option, or the cancellation,  termination or expiration of an Option (other than
pursuant to this Paragraph  (2)),  with respect to a number of shares of Company
Stock shall cause the automatic and immediate cancellation of its related Tandem
SARs to the extent  that the number of shares of Company  Stock  subject to such
Option after such exercise, cancellation, termination or expiration is less than
the number of shares  subject to such  Tandem  SARs.  Such  Tandem SARs shall be
cancelled in the order in which they became exercisable.

      (3) Each Tandem SAR shall be  exercisable  in whole or in part;  provided,
that no  partial  exercise  of a Tandem SAR shall be for an  aggregate  exercise
price of less than $1,000.  The partial exercise of a Tandem SAR shall not cause
the expiration,  termination or cancellation of the remaining  portion  thereof.
Upon the partial exercise of a Tandem SAR, the agreements evidencing such Tandem
SAR,  its related  Option and LSARs  relating to such  Option,  marked with such
notations  as the  Committee  may deem  appropriate  to  evidence  such  partial
exercise,  shall be  returned  to the  Participant  exercising  such  Tandem SAR
together with the payment described in Section 8(a) hereof.

      (4) During the lifetime of a  Participant,  each Tandem SAR granted to him
shall  be  exercisable  only by him.  No  Tandem  SAR  shall  be  assignable  or
transferable  otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution
and otherwise than together with its related Option, nor shall any Tandem SAR be
permitted to be pledged in any manner.

      (5) A Tandem SAR shall be exercised by delivering  notice to the Company's
principal office,  to the attention of its Secretary,  no less than one business
day in advance of the effective date of the proposed exercise. Such notice shall
be  accompanied  by the  applicable  agreements  evidencing  the Tandem SAR, its
related Option and any LSARs related to such Option, shall specify the number of
shares of Company Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR is being  exercised
and the  effective  date of the  proposed  exercise  and  shall be signed by the
Participant.  The  Participant may withdraw such notice at any time prior to the
close of business on the business day  immediately  preceding the effective date
of the proposed  exercise,  in which case such  agreements  shall be returned to
him.

9.    Stand-Alone SARs
      The  Committee  may grant  Stand-Alone  SARs  pursuant to the Plan,  which
Stand-Alone  SARs shall be evidenced by agreements in such form as the Committee
shall  from time to time  approve.  Stand-Alone  SARs shall  comply  with and be
subject to the following terms and conditions:

      (a) Exercise Price
      The exercise price of any  Stand-Alone SAR granted under the Plan shall be
not less than 100% of the Fair Market  Value of a share of Company  Stock on the
date on which such Stand Alone SAR is granted.

      (b) Benefit Upon Exercise
      (1) The exercise of a Stand-Alone SAR with respect to any number of shares
of Company Stock prior to the  occurrence of a Change in Control shall entitle a
Participant to a cash payment,  for each such share,  equal to the excess of (i)
the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the exercise date over (ii)
the exercise price of the Stand-Alone SAR.

      (2) The exercise of a Stand-Alone SAR with respect to any number of shares
of Company Stock on or after the occurrence of a Change in Control shall entitle
a Participant to a cash payment, for each such share, equal to the excess of (i)
the  greater  of (A) the  highest  price  per  share of  Company  Stock  paid in
connection  with such Change in Control and (B) the Fair Market Value of a share
of Company  Stock on the date of such Change in Control  over (ii) the  exercise
price of the Stand-Alone SAR.

      (3)  All  payments  under  this  Section  9(b)  shall  be  made as soon as
practicable,  but in no event later than five business days, after the effective
date of the exercise.

      (c) Term and Exercise of Stand-Alone SARs

                                       8
<PAGE>

      (1) Each  Stand-Alone  SAR  shall be  exercisable  on such  date or dates,
during such  period and for such  number of shares of Company  Stock as shall be
determined by the Committee and set forth in the  Stand-Alone SAR agreement with
respect to such  Stand-Alone  SAR;  provided,  however,  that no Stand-Alone SAR
shall be  exercisable  after  the  expiration  of ten  years  from the date such
Stand-Alone SAR was granted;  and, provided,  further; that each Stand-Alone SAR
shall be subject to earlier termination,  expiration or cancellation as provided
in the Plan.

      (2) Each  Stand-Alone SAR may be exercised in whole or in part;  provided,
that no partial exercise of a Stand-Alone SAR shall be for an aggregate exercise
price of less than $1,000.  The partial  exercise of a Stand-Alone SAR shall not
cause the  expiration,  termination  or  cancellation  of the remaining  portion
thereof.  Upon  the  partial  exercise  of  a  Stand-Alone  SAR,  the  agreement
evidencing such Stand-Alone SAR, marked with such notations as the Committee may
deem  appropriate  to evidence such partial  exercise,  shall be returned to the
Participant  exercising such Stand-Alone SAR together with the payment described
in Section 9(b)(1) or 9(b)(2) hereof.

      (3) A  Stand-Alone  SAR shall be  exercised  by  delivering  notice to the
Company's principal office, to the attention of its Secretary,  no less than one
business day in advance of the  effective  date of the proposed  exercise.  Such
notice  shall  be  accompanied  by  the  applicable   agreement  evidencing  the
Stand-Alone  SAR,  shall  specify  the  number of shares of  Company  Stock with
respect to which the  Stand-Alone  SAR is being exercised and the effective date
of the proposed exercise and shall be signed by the Participant. The Participant
may  withdraw  such  notice at any time  prior to the close of  business  on the
business day immediately  preceding the effective date of the proposed exercise,
in which case the agreement  evidencing the Stand-Alone SAR shall be returned to
him.

      (4) During the lifetime of a Participant,  each Stand-Alone SAR granted to
him shall be exercisable  only by him. No Stand-Alone SAR shall be assignable or
transferable  otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,
nor shall any Stand-Alone SARs be permitted to be pledged in any manner.

      (d) Effect of Termination of Employment

      (1) In the event that the  employment  of a  Participant  with the Company
shall  terminate  for any  reason  other  than  Cause,  Disability  or death (i)
Stand-Alone  SARs  granted to such  Participant,  to the  extent  that they were
exercisable at the time of such termination,  shall remain exercisable until the
expiration  of three  months  after such  termination,  on which date they shall
expire,  and (ii)  Stand-Alone SARs granted to such  Participant,  to the extent
that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination,  shall expire at
the close of business on the date of such termination;  provided,  however; that
no Stand-Alone SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

      (2) In the event that the  employment  of a  Participant  with the Company
shall  terminate on account of the  Disability or death of the  Participant  (i)
Stand-Alone  SARs  granted to such  Participant,  to the  extent  that they were
exercisable at the time of such termination,  shall remain exercisable until the
expiration of one year after such termination,  on which date they shall expire,
and (ii) Stand-Alone SARs granted to such  Participant,  to the extent that they
were not exercisable at the time of such termination,  shall expire at the close
of  business  on the  date  of  such  termination;  provided,  however;  that no
Stand-Alone SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

      (3) In the event of the  termination  of a  Participant's  employment  for
Cause, all outstanding Stand-Alone SARs granted to such Participant shall expire
at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

      (e) Acceleration of Exercise Date Upon Change in Control
      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control,  any  Stand-Alone  SAR granted
under the Plan and  outstanding at such time shall become fully and  immediately
exercisable and shall remain  exercisable  until its expiration,  termination or
cancellation pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

10.   Restricted Stock
      The Committee may grant shares of Restricted  Stock  pursuant to the Plan.
Each grant of shares of  Restricted  Stock shall be evidenced by an agreement in
such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. Each grant of shares
of Restricted  Stock shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and
conditions:

      (a) Issue Date and Vesting Date
      At the time of the grant of  shares of  Restricted  Stock,  the  Committee
shall establish an Issue Date or Issue Dates

                                       9
<PAGE>

and a Vesting Date or Vesting  Dates with respect to such shares.  The Committee
may divide  such shares  into  classes and assign a different  Issue Date and/or
Vesting  Date for each class.  Except as  provided  in Sections  10(c) and 10(f)
hereof,  upon the  occurrence  of the  Issue  Date  with  respect  to a share of
Restricted Stock, a share of Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with
the  provisions  of Section 10(d)  hereof.  Provided that all  conditions to the
vesting of a share of Restricted  Stock imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof
are satisfied,  and except as provided in Sections 10(c) and 10(f) hereof,  upon
the occurrence of the Vesting Date with respect to a share of Restricted  Stock,
such share shall vest and the  restrictions  of Section 10(c) hereof shall cease
to apply to such share.

      (b) Conditions to Vesting
      At the time of the grant of shares of Restricted  Stock, the Committee may
impose such  restrictions or conditions,  not  inconsistent  with the provisions
hereof,  to the vesting of such shares as it, in its absolute  discretion  deems
appropriate.  By way of example and not by way of limitation,  the Committee may
require,  as a  condition  to the  vesting  of any class or classes of shares of
Restricted  Stock,  that the Participant or the Company achieve such performance
criteria as the Committee may specify at the time of the grant of such shares.

      (c) Restrictions on Transfer Prior to Vesting
      Prior to the  vesting of a share of  Restricted  Stock,  no  transfer of a
Participant's   rights  with  respect  to  such  share,   whether  voluntary  or
involuntary,  by operation of law or otherwise,  shall vest the transferee  with
any interest or right in or with respect to such share, but immediately upon any
attempt to  transfer  such  rights,  such share,  and all of the rights  related
thereto,  shall be forfeited by the  Participant and the transfer shall be of no
force or effect.

      (d) Issuance of Certificates
      (1) Except as  provided  in  Sections  10(c) or 10(f)  hereof,  reasonably
promptly  after the Issue Date with respect to shares of Restricted  Stock,  the
Company shall cause to be issued a stock certificate,  registered in the name of
the  Participant  to whom such  shares were  granted,  evidencing  such  shares;
provided, that the Company shall not cause to be issued such a stock certificate
unless it has received a stock power duly endorsed in blank with respect to such
shares. Each such stock certificate shall bear the following legend:

                The  transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock
                represented  hereby are subject to the  restrictions,  terms and
                conditions  (including  forfeiture  provisions and  restrictions
                against transfer)  contained in the Southwestern  Energy Company
                1993 Stock Incentive Plan and an Agreement  entered into between
                the  registered  owner of such  shares and  Southwestern  Energy
                Company  A copy  of the  Plan  and  Agreement  is on file in the
                office of the Secretary of  Southwestern  Energy  Company,  1083
                Sain Street, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1408.

Such legend shall not be  removed from the  certificate  evidencing  such shares
until such shares vest pursuant to the terms hereof.

      (2) Each certificate issued pursuant to Section 10(d)(1) hereof,  together
with the stock powers  relating to the shares of Restricted  Stock  evidenced by
such certificate,  shall be deposited by the Company with a custodian designated
by the  Company.  The  Company  shall  cause  such  custodian  to  issue  to the
Participant  a  receipt  evidencing  the  certificates  held  by  it  which  are
registered in the name of the Participant.

      (e) Consequences Upon Vesting
      Upon the  vesting of a share of  Restricted  Stock  pursuant  to the terms
hereof,  the  restrictions  of Section 10(c) hereof shall cease to apply to such
share.  Reasonably  promptly after a share of Restricted Stock vests pursuant to
the terms  hereof,  the Company  shall cause to be issued and  delivered  to the
Participant  to whom such shares were  granted,  a certificate  evidencing  such
share, free of the legend set forth in Section 10(d)(1) hereof together with any
other  property of the  Participant  held by the  custodian  pursuant to Section
14(b) hereof.

      (f) Effect of Termination of Employment
      (1) In the event that the  employment  of a  Participant  with the Company
shall  terminate  for any reason other than Cause prior to the vesting of shares
of Restricted Stock granted to such Participant, a proportion of such shares, to
the extent not forfeited or cancelled on or prior to such  termination  pursuant
to any  provision  hereof,  shall  vest on the  date of  such  termination.  The
proportion  referred to in the preceding  sentence shall initially be determined
by the Committee 

                                       10
<PAGE>

at the time of the grant of such shares of Restricted  Stock and may be based on
the achievement of any conditions imposed by the Committee with  respect to such
shares pursuant to Section 10(b).  Such proportion may be equal to zero.

      (2) In the event of the  termination  of a  Participant's  employment  for
Cause, all shares of Restricted Stock granted to such Participant which have not
vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately be forfeited.

      (g) Effect of Change in Control
      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all shares of Restricted Stock
which have not  theretofore  vested  (including  those with respect to which the
Issue Date has not yet occurred), or been cancelled or forfeited pursuant to any
provision hereof, shall immediately vest.

11.   Phantom Stock
      The Committee may grant shares of Phantom Stock pursuant to the Plan. Each
grant of shares of Phantom Stock shall be evidenced by an agreement in such form
as the  Committee  shall  from  time to time  approve.  Each  grant of shares of
Phantom  Stock  shall  comply  with and be  subject to the  following  terms and
conditions:

      (a) Vesting Date
      At the time of the grant of shares of Phantom Stock,  the Committee  shall
establish  a Vesting  Date or Vesting  Dates with  respect to such  shares.  The
Committee  may divide such shares  into  classes and assign a different  Vesting
Date for each class.  Provided that all  conditions to the vesting of a share of
Phantom Stock imposed pursuant to Section 11(c) hereof are satisfied, and except
as provided in Section  11(d)  hereof,  upon the  occurrence of the Vesting Date
with respect to a share of Phantom Stock, such share shall vest.

      (b) Benefit Upon Vesting

      Upon the  vesting  of a share of Phantom  Stock,  a  Participant  shall be
entitled  to  receive  in cash,  within 30 days of the date on which  such share
vests,  an amount in cash in a lump sum equal to the sum of (i) the Fair  Market
Value of a share of  Company  Stock on the date on which  such  share of Phantom
Stock vests and (ii) the aggregate amount of cash dividends paid with respect to
a share of Company  Stock during the period  commencing on the date on which the
share of Phantom  Stock was  granted and  terminating  on the date on which such
share vests.

      (c) Conditions to Vesting
      At the time of the grant of shares of Phantom  Stock,  the  Committee  may
impose such  restrictions or conditions,  not  inconsistent  with the provisions
hereof,  to the vesting of such shares as it, in its absolute  discretion  deems
appropriate.  By way of example and not by way of limitation,  the Committee may
require,  as a  condition  to the  vesting  of any class or classes of shares of
Phantom  Stock,  that the  Participant or the Company  achieve such  performance
criteria as the Committee may specify at the time of the grant of such shares of
Phantom Stock.

      (d) Effect of Termination of Employment
      (1) In the event that the  employment  of a  Participant  with the Company
shall  terminate  for any reason other than Cause prior to the vesting of shares
of Phantom Stock granted to such  Participant,  a proportion of such shares,  to
the extent not forfeited or cancelled on or prior to such  termination  pursuant
to any  provision  hereof,  shall  vest on the  date of  such  termination.  The
proportion  referred to in the preceding  sentence initially shall be determined
by the  Committee  at the time of the grant of such shares of Phantom  Stock and
may be based on the achievement of any conditions  imposed by the Committee with
respect to such shares  pursuant to Section 11(c).  Such proportion may be equal
to zero.

      (2) In the event of the  termination  of a  Participant's  employment  for
Cause,  all shares of Phantom Stock granted to such  Participant  which have not
vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately be forfeited.

      (e) Effect of Change in Control
      Upon the  occurrence  of a Change in Control,  all shares of Phantom Stock
which have not theretofore  vested,  or been cancelled or forfeited  pursuant to
any provision hereof, shall immediately vest.

12.   Stock Bonuses
      The  Committee  may  grant  Stock  Bonuses  in such  amounts  as it  shall
determine  from  time to time.  A Stock  Bonus  shall  be paid at such  time and
subject to such  conditions as the Committee  shall determine at the time of the
grant of such 

                                       11
<PAGE>

Stock Bonus. Certificates for shares of Company Stock granted as a  Stock  Bonus
shall be issued in the name of the  Participant  to whom such grant was made and
delivered to such  Participant as soon as  practicable  after the date  on which
such Stock Bonus is required to be paid.

13.   Cash Bonuses
      The Committee  may, in its absolute  discretion,  in  connection  with any
grant of Restricted Stock or Stock Bonus or at any time thereafter; grant a cash
bonus,  payable  promptly after the date on which the Participant is required to
recognize  income for federal income tax purposes in connection  with such grant
of  Restricted  Stock or Stock  Bonus,  in such amounts as the  Committee  shall
determine  from  time to time;  provided,  however;  that in no event  shall the
amount of a Cash Bonus  exceed the Fair Market  Value of the  related  shares of
Restricted  Stock or Stock Bonus on such date.  A Cash Bonus shall be subject to
such  conditions  as the Committee  shall  determine at the time of the grant of
such Cash Bonus.

14.   Adjustment Upon Changes in Company Stock

      (a) Shares Available for Grants
      In the event of any  change in the  number  of  shares  of  Company  Stock
outstanding  by reason of any stock  dividend  or split,  reverse  stock  split,
recapitalization,  merger,  consolidation,  combination or exchange of shares or
similar  corporate  change,  the maximum  aggregate  number of shares of Company
Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Options,  Stand-Alone  SARs,
shares of  Restricted  Stock,  shares of Phantom  Stock,  Stock Bonuses and Cash
Bonuses shall be  appropriately  adjusted by the Committee.  In the event of any
change in the number of shares of  Company  Stock  outstanding  by reason of any
other  event or  transaction,  the  Committee  may,  but  need  not,  make  such
adjustments  in the number and class of shares of Company  Stock with respect to
which Options,  Stand-Alone SARs, shares of Restricted Stock,  shares of Phantom
Stock,  Stock  Bonuses and Cash Bonuses may be granted as the Committee may deem
appropriate.

      (b) Outstanding Restricted Stock and Phantom Stock
      Unless the Committee in its absolute discretion otherwise determines,  any
securities or other  property  (including  dividends paid in cash) received by a
Participant  with respect to a share of  Restricted  Stock,  the Issue Date with
respect to which occurs prior to such event,  but which has not vested as of the
date of such event,  as a result of any  dividend,  stock split,  reverse  stock
split, recapitalization,  merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares
or otherwise will not vest until such share of Restricted Stock vests, and shall
be promptly  deposited  with the  custodian  designated  pursuant  to  Paragraph
10(d)(2) hereof.

      The Committee may, in its absolute discretion,  adjust any grant of shares
of Restricted Stock, the Issue Date with respect to which has not occurred as of
the date of the  occurrence  of any of the  following  events,  or any  grant of
shares of Phantom  Stock,  to reflect any dividend,  stock split,  reverse stock
split, recapitalization,  merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares
or similar corporate change as the Committee may deem appropriate to prevent the
enlargement or dilution of rights of Participants under the grant.

      (c) Outstanding Options, LSARs, Tandem SARs and Stand-Alone SARs -Increase
          or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration
      Subject to any required  action by the  shareholders of the Company in the
event of any  increase  or  decrease  in the number of issued  shares of Company
Stock resulting from a subdivision or  consolidation  of shares of Company Stock
or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Company Stock), or
any other  increase or decrease  in the number of such shares  effected  without
receipt of  consideration  by the Company,  the Committee  shall  proportionally
adjust the number of shares of Company Stock subject to each outstanding Option,
LSAR,  Tandem  SAR and  Stand-Alone  SAR,  and the  exercise  price per share of
Company Stock of each such Option, LSAR, Tandem SAR and Stand-Alone SAR.

      (d) Outstanding Options, LSARs, Tandem SARs and Stand-Alone SARs - Certain
          Mergers
      Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company,  in the
event  that the  Company  shall be the  surviving  corporation  in any merger or
consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders
of shares of Company Stock  receive  securities  of another  corporation),  each
Option,  LSAR,  Tandem SAR and  Stand-Alone  SAR outstanding on the date of such
merger or  consolidation  shall pertain to and apply to the  securities  which a

                                       12
<PAGE>

holder of the number of shares of Company  Stock  subject to such Option,  LSAR,
Tandem  SAR  or   Stand-Alone   SAR  would  have  received  in  such  merger  or
consolidation.

      (e) Outstanding Options, LSARs, Tandem SARs and Stand-Alone SARs - Certain
          Other Transactions
      In the event of (i) a dissolution or  liquidation  of the Company,  (ii) a
sale of all or  substantially  all of the  Company's  assets,  (iii) a merger or
consolidation  involving  the Company in which the Company is not the  surviving
corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the
Company is the surviving  corporation but the holders of shares of Company Stock
receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash,
the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:

           (i) cancel,  effective  immediately  prior to the  occurrence of such
      event,  each Option  (including each LSAR and Tandem-SAR  related thereto)
      and Stand-Alone SAR outstanding  immediately  prior to such event (whether
      or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation,
      pay to the  Participant to whom such Option or Stand-Alone SAR was granted
      an amount in cash,  for each share of Company Stock subject to such Option
      or Stand-Alone SAR, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as
      determined  by the Committee in its absolute  discretion,  of the property
      (including  cash)  received by the holder of a share of Company Stock as a
      result  of such  event  over  (B) the  exercise  price of such  Option  or
      Stand-Alone SAR; or

          (ii) provide for the exchange of each Option  (including  any related
      LSAR or Tandem SAR) and Stand-Alone SAR outstanding  immediately  prior to
      such event  (whether  or not then  exercisable)  for an option on or stock
      appreciation  right with  respect to, as  appropriate,  some or all of the
      property  for which  such  Option or  Stand-Alone  SAR is  exchanged  and,
      incident  thereto,  make an  equitable  adjustment  as  determined  by the
      Committee in its absolute  discretion in the exercise  price of the option
      or stock appreciation right, or the number of shares or amount of property
      subject  to the  option or stock  appreciation  right or, if  appropriate,
      provide  for a cash  payment  to the  Participant  to whom such  Option or
      Stand-Alone SAR was granted in partial  consideration  for the exchange of
      the Option or Stand-Alone SAR.

      (f) Outstanding  Options,  LSARs, Tandem SARs and Stand-Alone SARs - Other
          Changes
      In the  event of any  change in the  capitalization  of the  Company  or a
corporate  change other than those  specifically  referred to in Sections 14(c),
(d) or (e) hereof,  the  Committee  may, in its absolute  discretion,  make such
adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Options,  LSARs, Tandem
SARs or Stand-Alone SARs outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and
in the  per-share  exercise  price of each such  Option,  LSAR,  Tandem  SAR and
Stand-Alone SAR as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights.

      (g) No Other Rights
      Except as expressly  provided in the Plan, no  Participant  shall have any
rights by reason of any subdivision or  consolidation  of shares of stock of any
class,  the payment of any  dividend,  any increase or decrease in the number of
shares  of  stock  of any  class  or any  dissolution,  liquidation,  merger  or
consolidation  of the  Company  or any other  corporation.  Except as  expressly
provided  in the Plan,  no  issuance  by the  Company  of shares of stock of any
class,  or  securities  convertible  into  shares of stock of any  class,  shall
affect,  and no adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number of shares of Company Stock subject to an Incentive  Award or the exercise
price of any Option, LSAR, Tandem SAR or Stand-Alone SAR.

15.   Rights as a Stockholder
      No person  shall  have any  rights as a  stockholder  with  respect to any
shares of Company Stock  covered by or relating to any  Incentive  Award granted
pursuant to this Plan until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate with
respect to such  shares.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided in Section 14
hereof,  no  adjustment  to any  Incentive  Award shall be made for dividends or
other  rights  for which the  record  date  occurs  prior to the date such stock
certificate is issued.

16.   No Special Employment Rights; No Right to Incentive Award
      Nothing contained in the Plan or any Incentive Award shall confer upon any
Participant any right with respect to the  continuation of his employment by the
Company or interfere  in any way with the right of the  Company,  subject to the
terms of any  separate  employment  agreement  to the  contrary,  at any time to
terminate  such  employment or to increase or decrease the  compensation  of the
Participant  from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Incentive
Award.

                                       13
<PAGE>

      No person  shall  have any claim or right to receive  an  Incentive  Award
hereunder.  The  Committee's  granting of an Incentive Award to a Participant at
any time shall neither require the Committee to grant an Incentive Award to such
Participant  or any other  Participant  or other person at any time nor preclude
the Committee  from making  subsequent  grants to such  Participant or any other
Participant or other person.

17.   Securities Matters
      (a) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to effect the  registration
pursuant to the  Securities  Act of any  interests  in the Plan or any shares of
Company Stock to be issued  hereunder or to effect similar  compliance under any
state laws.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall
not be obligated to cause to be issued or delivered any certificates  evidencing
shares of Company  Stock  pursuant  to the Plan  unless and until the Company is
advised by its counsel that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in
compliance with all applicable laws,  regulations of governmental  authority and
the  requirements  of the New  York  Stock  Exchange  and any  other  securities
exchange on which shares of Company Stock are traded. The Committee may require,
as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing shares of
Company Stock  pursuant to the terms  hereof,  that the recipient of such shares
make such covenants, agreements and representations,  and that such certificates
bear such legends, as the Committee, in its sole discretion,  deems necessary or
desirable.

      (b) The exercise of any Option granted  hereunder  shall be effective only
at such time as counsel to the Company shall have  determined  that the issuance
and  delivery  of  shares of  Company  Stock  pursuant  to such  exercise  is in
compliance with all applicable laws,  regulations of governmental  authority and
the  requirements  of the New  York  Stock  Exchange  and any  other  securities
exchange on which shares of Company Stock are traded.  The Committee may, in its
sole  discretion,  defer the  effectiveness of any exercise of an Option granted
hereunder  in order to allow the  issuance of shares of Company  Stock  pursuant
thereto to be made pursuant to registration or an exemption from registration or
other methods for compliance  available under federal or state  securities laws.
The Committee  shall inform the  Participant in writing of its decision to defer
the  effectiveness  of the exercise of an Option granted  hereunder.  During the
period that the  effectiveness  of the exercise of an Option has been  deferred,
the Participant  may, by written  notice,  withdraw such exercise and obtain the
refund of any amount paid with respect thereto.

18.   Withholding Taxes
      (a) Cash Remittance
      Whenever  shares of Company Stock are to be issued upon the exercise of an
Option, the occurrence of the Issue Date or Vesting Date with respect to a share
of Restricted  Stock or the payment of a Stock Bonus, the Company shall have the
right to  require  the  Participant  to remit to the  Company  in cash an amount
sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements,  if
any, attributable to such exercise,  occurrence or payment prior to the delivery
of any  certificate  or  certificates  for such shares.  In  addition,  upon the
exercise of an LSAR, Tandem SAR or Stand-Alone SAR, the grant of a Cash Bonus or
the making of a payment  with respect to a share of Phantom  Stock,  the Company
shall  have the right to  withhold  from any cash  payment  required  to be made
pursuant  thereto an amount  sufficient to satisfy the federal,  state and local
withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise or grant.

      (b) Stock Remittance
      Subject  to  Section  18(d)  hereof at the  election  of the  Participant,
subject to the approval of the Committee, when shares of Company Stock are to be
issued upon the exercise of an Option,  the  occurrence of the Issue Date or the
Vesting Date with respect to a share of Restricted Stock or the grant of a Stock
Bonus,  in  lieu  of the  remittance  required  by  Section  18(a)  hereof,  the
Participant  may  tender to the  Company a number  of  shares of  Company  Stock
determined  by such  Participant,  the Fair Market  Value of which at the tender
date the Committee determines to be sufficient to satisfy the federal, state and
local  withholding  tax  requirements,  if any,  attributable  to such exercise,
occurrence  or grant and not  greater  than the  Participant's  estimated  total
federal,  state  and  local  tax  obligations  associated  with  such  exercise,
occurrence or grant.

      (c) Stock Withholding
      The Company  shall have the right,  when shares of Company Stock are to be
issued upon the exercise of an Option,  the  occurrence of the Issue Date or the
Vesting Date with respect to a share of Restricted Stock or the grant of a Stock
Bonus, in lieu of requiring the remittance  required by Section 18(a) hereof, to
withhold a number of such shares, the Fair Market Value of which at the exercise
date the Committee determines to be sufficient to satisfy the federal, state and
local  

                                       14
<PAGE>

withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable  to such exercise, occurrence
or grant  and is not  greater than the  Participant's  estimated  total federal,
state  and  local  tax  obligations  associated  with such  exercise, occurrence
or grant.

      (d) Timing and Method of Elections
      Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of the Plan, a  Participant  who is
subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act may not make the election described
in Section 18(b) hereof prior to the  expiration of six months after the date on
which  the  applicable  Option,  share of  Restricted  Stock or Stock  Bonus was
granted,  except in the event of the death or Disability of the  Participant.  A
Participant  who is subject to Section  16(b) of the  Exchange  Act may not make
such election  other than (i) during the 10-day  window period  beginning on the
third  business  day  following  the  date of  release  for  publication  of the
Company's  quarterly  and annual  summary  statements  of sales and earnings and
ending on the  twelfth  business  day  following  such date or (ii) at least six
months  prior  to the  date  such  election  is made.  Such  elections  shall be
irrevocable and shall be made by the delivery to the Company's principal office,
to  the  attention  of  its  Secretary,  of  a  written  notice  signed  by  the
Participant.

19.   Amendment or Termination of the Plan
      The Board of Directors may, at any time,  suspend or discontinue  the Plan
or revise or amend it in any  respect  whatsoever;  provided,  however;  that no
amendment  shall be effective  without the approval of the  shareholders  of the
Company, that (i) except as provided in Section 14 hereof,  increases the number
of shares of Company  Stock that may be issued under the Plan,  (ii)  materially
increases  the  benefits  accruing to  individuals  pursuant to the Plan,  (iii)
materially  modifies the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the
Plan, or (iv) would otherwise  materially  alter the Plan.  Nothing herein shall
restrict  the  Committee's  ability  to  exercise  its  discretionary  authority
hereunder  pursuant  to  Section 4 hereof,  which  discretion  may be  exercised
without amendment to the Plan. No action hereunder may, without the consent of a
Participant,  reduce the Participant's  rights under any previously  granted and
outstanding Incentive Award. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Company
to pay compensation of any kind outside the terms of the Plan.

20.   No Obligation to Exercise
      The grant to a Participant of an Option,  LSAR,  Tandem SAR or Stand-Alone
SAR shall impose no obligation  upon such  Participant  to exercise such Option,
LSAR, Tandem SAR or Stand-Alone SAR.

21.   Transfers Upon Death
      Upon the death of a Participant,  outstanding  Incentive Awards granted to
such Participant may be exercised only by the executors or administrators of the
Participant's  estate or by any person or persons who shall have  acquired  such
right  to  exercise  by will or by the  laws of  descent  and  distribution.  No
transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution of any Incentive Award,
or the right to exercise  any  Incentive  Award,  shall be effective to bind the
Company  unless the Committee  shall have been furnished with (a) written notice
thereof and with a copy of the will and/or such  evidence as the  Committee  may
deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and (b) an agreement by
the  transferee  to comply with all the terms and  conditions  of the  Incentive
Award that are or would have been  applicable to the Participant and to be bound
by the  acknowledgments  made by the Participant in connection with the grant of
the Incentive  Award.  Except as provided in this Section 21, no Incentive Award
shall be transferable, and shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the
Participant's lifetime.

22.   Expenses and Receipts
      The  expenses  of the Plan  shall  be paid by the  Company.  Any  proceeds
received by the Company in connection  with any Incentive Award will be used for
general corporate purposes.

23.   Failure to Comply
      In addition to the remedies of the Company elsewhere  provided for herein,
failure by a Participant  (or  beneficiary)  to comply with any of the terms and
conditions  of the  Plan  or the  agreement  executed  by such  Participant  (or
beneficiary)  evidencing an Incentive Award,  unless such failure is remedied by
such Participant (or beneficiary)  within ten days after having been notified of
such  failure  by the  Committee,  shall be  grounds  for the  cancellation  and
forfeiture of such Incentive  Award,  in whole or in part, as the Committee,  in
its absolute discretion, may determine.

24.   Effective Date of Plan
      The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors  on April 7, 1993,  subject
to approval by the  shareholders  of the Company at their annual  meeting on May
26, 1993 in accordance with  applicable law, the  requirements of Section 422

                                       15
<PAGE>

of the Code and the requirements of Rule 16b-3  promulgated  under Section 16(b)
of the Exchange Act.  Incentive  Awards maybe granted under the Plan at any time
prior to the receipt of such shareholder approval;  provided, however, that each
such  grant  shall  be  subject  to such  approval.  Without  limitation  on the
foregoing, no Option, LSAR, Tandem SAR or Stand-Alone SAR may be exercised prior
to the receipt of such approval,  no share  certificate shall be issued pursuant
to a grant of  Restricted  Stock or Stock  Bonus  prior to the  receipt  of such
approval and no Cash Bonus or payment  with respect to a share of Phantom  Stock
shall  be paid  prior to the  receipt  of such  approval.  If the Plan is not so
approved prior to December 31, 1993, then the Plan and all Incentive Awards then
outstanding hereunder shall forthwith automatically terminate and be of no force
and effect.

25.   Term of the Plan
      The right to grant Incentive Awards under the Plan will terminate upon the
expiration of 10 years after the Effective Date of the Plan.

26.   Applicable Law
      Except to the extent  preempted  by any  applicable  federal law, the Plan
will be construed and  administered  in accordance with the laws of the State of
Arkansas, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law.

                                       16


                      EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT

         THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AND  CONSULTING  AGREEMENT  [Agreement]  is made  and
entered into as of May 21, 1998, at Fayetteville,  Washington County,  Arkansas,
by and between  SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY,  an Arkansas Business  Corporation,
designated  herein  as SWEN,  and  CHARLES  E.  SCHARLAU,  designated  herein as
Scharlau;
                              W-I-T-N-E-S-S-E-T-H:
         A.  PARTIES: (1) SOUTHWESTERN  ENERGY  COMPANY  [SWEN]  is an  Arkansas
Business Corporation with its  principal office  being situated in Fayetteville,
Washington  County,  Arkansas,  and it is  the parent  company of the  following
wholly owned subsidiary corporations [SUBSIDIARIES]:
                 (a) Arkansas Western Gas Company:  Arkansas Western Gas Company
[AWG] is an Arkansas Business Corporation with its home office being situated in
Fayetteville,  Washington County, Arkansas, and it is a natural gas distribution
public utility in the States of Arkansas and Missouri;
                 (b) SEECO,  Inc.:  SEECO,  Inc. [SEECO] is an Arkansas Business
Corporation  with its home office situated in Fayetteville,  Washington  County,
Arkansas,  and it is engaged in the natural  gas  exploration,  development  and
production business in the States of Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  Texas, Louisiana, and
other areas.
                 (c) Southwestern Energy Production Company: Southwestern Energy
Production  Company [SEPCO] is an Arkansas  Business  Corporation  with its home
office situated in Fayetteville,  Washington County, Arkansas, and it is engaged
in the oil and gas  exploration,  development  and  production  business  in the
States of Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  Texas,  Louisiana  and other areas in the United
States and in the Gulf of Mexico; and
                 (d) AW Realty  Company:  AW Realty Company [AWR] is an Arkansas
Business  Corporation with its home office situated in Fayetteville,  Washington
County,  Arkansas,  and it is engaged in real estate  development  and sales and
owning and operating rental properties in Arkansas.
             (2) CHARLES  E. SCHARLAU:  Charles  E.  Scharlau  [Scharlau]  is  a
natural  person,  he is now and  since  June of  1951,  he has  been a  licensed
attorney  at law in the State of  Arkansas;  and he first  became an employee of
Arkansas Western Gas Company in 1951, and he

<PAGE>

served the  organization as the head of the legal department until 1968, when he
became the President and the Chief Executive  Officer of the organization and he
has held that  position at all times since.  In  addition,  he is now and at all
times  since  1968 he has  been a member  of and the  Chairman  of the  Board of
Directors.
         B.  RECITALS:  (1) SWEN,  as the parent  corporation  and/or all of the
SUBSIDIARIES  are all  engaged in the  business of oil and gas  exploration  and
development,  the sale and  distribution  of oil and gas; the natural gas public
utility  business,  and the real estate  development  and the  ownership of real
estate for sale and rental, all for the production of income.
             (2) Scharlau  is a  regularly  licensed  attorney  in the  State of
Arkansas,  and is an experienced corporate executive in the field of oil and gas
exploration  and  development,  the sale and  distribution  of oil and gas,  the
natural gas public utility distribution  business,  and the development and sale
of real property and the ownership and operations of rental real estate.
             (3) SWEN  wishes  to  be  assured  of  the  services  of  Scharlau,
particularly  with reference to the operation of the businesses now conducted by
SWEN and the SUBSIDIARIES as specified above and in the areas indicated.
             (4) The purposes of this Agreement are:
                 (a) To provide for the employment by SWEN and its  SUBSIDIARIES
of Scharlau  until his  retirement as Chief  Executive  Officer at SWEN's Annual
Meeting  in  May of  1999,  and to  provide  for  his  continued  services  as a
consultant  and advisor  following that date, for the benefit of SWEN and all of
its SUBSIDIARIES and their  shareholders  that benefit from the professional and
managerial services rendered and to be rendered by Scharlau;
                 (b)  To  secure  for  SWEN  and  all of  its  SUBSIDIARIES  the
professional and managerial  services,  and the advisory and consulting services
of Scharlau and to provide for the payment of  compensation to Scharlau for such
services to be  rendered  directly  to SWEN and the  SUBSIDIARIES  and any other
entities  that  are  now  owned  or  which  may be  owned  by  SWEN  and/or  the
SUBSIDIARIES in the future; and,
                 (c) To assure,  during the term provided herein,  that Scharlau
shall not compete with SWEN and/or any of its SUBSIDIARIES in any undertaking of
any professional  and managerial  activity in the area of the operations of SWEN
and the SUBSIDIARIES

                                       2
<PAGE>

after Scharlau's employment has been terminated.
         C. AGREEMENT: FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing recitals and of
the mutual and interdependent  promises, SWEN and the SUBSIDIARIES hereby employ
Scharlau and Scharlau  accepts such employment,  and SWEN and the  SUBSIDIARIES,
and Scharlau have  covenanted  and they agree one with the other as set forth as
follows:
             (1) Full-time Employment:
                 (a) Scharlau's  employment  under this Agreement shall commence
with SWEN's  Annual  Meeting in 1998,  and shall  continue  until SWEN's  Annual
Meeting in 1999.  During such period  Scharlau  shall  perform the services as a
full-time  employee of SWEN and the  SUBSIDIARIES  as designated by the Board of
Directors  in the area of the Chief  Executive  Officer  of all of the  business
activities of SWEN and the SUBSIDIARIES.
                 (b)(1)  Scharlau's  service as an advisor and consultant  shall
commence  with SWEN's  Annual  Meeting in 1999 and continue  until May 31, 2002.
During such time Scharlau shall perform such services to SWEN and represent SWEN
as  requested  by the Chief  Executive  Officer  or the Board of  Directors.  In
performing such services Scharlau will devote as much time as necessary,  not to
exceed 1,040 hours per year.
                 (c) For such  services as a full-time  employee of SWEN and the
SUBSIDIARIES,  SWEN and the SUBSIDIARIES  shall compensate  Scharlau as the base
compensation  at  the  rate  of  Four  Hundred  Sixty  Eight  Thousand   Dollars
($468,000.00)  per annum,  (2) for such services as an advisor and consultant of
SWEN and SUBSIDIARIES,  SWEN and the SUBSIDIARIES  shall compensate  Scharlau at
the rate of $234,000.00 per annum, and (3) payment of such compensation shall be
in approximately  equal installments on SWEN's regularly scheduled payroll dates
during the period of employment.
                 (d) Scharlau may be appointed to such executive  positions with
SWEN and SUBSIDIARIES as the Board of Directors of each shall determine.
                 (e) SWEN  and the  SUBSIDIARIES  represent to  Scharlau that it
established and at its expense is now maintains in continuous existence  for the
benefit of its qualified officers and employees the following:
                      (i) A  qualified  retirement  plan  that  is fully  funded
through a Trust;

                                       3
<PAGE>

                      (ii) A stock option-bonus plan;
                      (iii) A health,  medical,  hospital and  dental plan which
provides coverage for each such officer and employee of SWEN and their immediate
family; and
                      (iv) A  group  professional  liability   insurance  policy
issued by a reputable  insurance company  authorized to do business in the State
of Arkansas, covering all of SWEN's and the SUBSIDIARIES officers, directors and
all  professional,  technical  and  related  employees  with  at  least  minimum
coverage.
         Scharlau  shall  continue to be a participant  in each of the foregoing
employee  benefit plans and any other plans  presently in existence or that SWEN
and  the  SUBSIDIARIES  may  create  and  maintain  for the  officer  employees,
according to the terms and provisions of each such plan and/or insurance policy,
and shall continue as such  participant as long as he is an employee of SWEN and
the SUBSIDIARIES and effective with SWEN's Annual Meeting in 1999 shall continue
to participate in the plans  described in paragraph  (iii) and (iv) above during
his consulting and advisory service pursuant to this Agreement.
                 (f) Expenses   generally.  Scharlau  is  entitled   to  receive
prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Scharlau and to the
use of Company  facilities,  including  aircraft,  to conduct Company  business.
Reimbursement  must  be made in  accordance  with  the  Company's  policies  and
procedures in effect on the Effective Date.
                 (g) Meetings,   conventions,   and   seminars.    Scharlau   is
encouraged  and is  expected  to  attend  seminars,  professional  meetings  and
conventions,   and  educational  courses.   The  cost  of  travel,   tuition  or
registration,  food, and lodging for attending those  activities will be paid by
SWEN. Other costs are Scharlau's expense, unless SWEN authorizes those costs. If
those other costs are  authorized  expenses,  Scharlau will be reimbursed  after
satisfying  SWEN's  policies and  procedures for such  reimbursement  (which may
include a requirement that Scharlau submit an itemized expense voucher).
                 (h) Promotional   expenses.   Scharlau  is  encouraged  and  is
expected,  from time to time, to incur reasonable  expenses for promoting SWEN's
business.  Such promotional  expenses include travel,  entertainment  (including
memberships  in  social  and  athletic  clubs),  professional  advancement,  and
community service expenses. Scharlau agrees to bear those

                                       4
<PAGE>

expenses  except to the  extent  that  those  expenses  are  incurred  at SWEN's
specific  direction or those  expenses are  specifically  authorized  by SWEN as
expenses  that SWEN may pay  directly or  indirectly  through  reimbursement  to
Scharlau.
                 (i) Outside activities.  During his term as an employee and his
service as an  advisor  and  consultant,  Scharlau  may (i) serve on  corporate,
civic,  or  charitable  boards or  committees;  (ii) deliver  lectures,  fulfill
speaking  engagements,  or teach at educational  institutions;  and (iii) manage
personal investments.  Such activities must not significantly interfere with the
performance of Scharlau's  responsibilities to SWEN. To the extent that any such
activities have been conducted by Scharlau before the Effective Date, such prior
conduct of activities and any subsequent conduct of activities similar in nature
and scope may not be deemed to  interfere  with the  performance  of  Scharlau's
responsibilities.  During his term as an advisor and consultant,  in addition to
the  activities  permitted  herein,  he may engage as an  attorney,  consultant,
advisor or investor in any business enterprise providing there is no conflict of
interest with SWEN as outlined in paragraph (3) of this section.
             (2) Termination  of  Employment of  the  Employee:  If SWEN  or the
SUBSIDIARIES  shall  terminate the employment of Employee at any time during the
one (1) year period  commencing with SWEN's 1998 Annual  Meeting,  and ending on
the date of SWEN's 1999 Annual Meeting,  then the termination rights of Scharlau
hereunder  shall be  determined  pursuant  to and under that  certain  Executive
Severance  Agreement dated August 4, 1989, between SWEN and the SUBSIDIARIES and
Scharlau.  The Contract  dated August 4, 1989,  and  identified  hereinabove  is
hereby referred to for a full recital of the terms and provisions thereof and by
this reference is made a part hereof.
             (3) Non-Compete Agreement:  For a period  of two (2) years from and
after the date of the termination of this contract, Scharlau agrees that he will
not  engage,  without  the prior  consent of SWEN and the  SUBSIDIARIES,  either
directly or indirectly,  whether as a chief operating officer, manager, employee
or director of, or agent, consultant or business advisor for, or any substantial
ownership  in any  incorporated  or  unincorporated  oil  and  gas  exploration,
production  and  sales  entity  in the  geographical  area  of  SWEN's  and  the
SUBSIDIARIES'  area of  operation.  SWEN  agrees  that it will not  unreasonably
withhold its consent to Scharlau acting as

                                       5
<PAGE>

attorney, advisor or consultant  to any such  entity if there  is no conflict of
interest with SWEN.
             (4) Non-Assignability:   Neither  this  Agreement  nor  any  rights
thereunder shall be assignable by either party.
             (5) Inurement:  This Agreement  shall be  binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the parties hereto, their executors, administrators heirs-at-law,
successors and assigns.
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in
original triplicates on the date first hereinabove written.


                                          SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY;
                                          ARKANSAS WESTERN GAS COMPANY;
                                          SEECO, INC.; SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY
                                          PRODUCTION COMPANY; AND AW REALTY
                                          INC.


ATTEST:                                   BY: COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE
                                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS

- --------------------------                --------------------------------------
Greg Kerley, Secretary                    Robert Howard

                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Ken Mourton

                                          --------------------------------------
                                          John Paul Hammerschmidt






                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Charles E. Scharlau, Employee





                                       6
<PAGE>


                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ARKANSAS
COUNTY OF WASHINGTON

         BE IT  REMEMBERED,  that on this day came  before  the  undersigned,  a
Notary Public, within and for the County aforesaid duly commissioned and acting,
______________________  and  __________________________,  to me well know as the
members of the Compensation Committee and Greg D. Kerley as the secretary of the
committee of the Board of Directors of  Southwestern  Energy  Company,  Arkansas
Western Gas Company, SEECO, Inc., Southwestern Energy Production Company, and AW
Realty,  Inc., all  corporations,  and stated that they had execute the same for
the consideration and purposes therein mentioned and set forth.

         WITNESS  my hand and  seal as such  Notary  Public  this  _____  day of
______________, 1998.

My Commission Expires:

- ----------------------                      ------------------------------------
                                            Notary Public




                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ARKANSAS
COUNTY OF WASHINGTON

         BE IT  REMEMBERED,  that on this day came  before  the  undersigned,  a
Notary  Public,  within  and for the County  aforesaid,  duly  commissioned  and
acting,  Charles E.  Scharlau,  to me well  known as the party in the  foregoing
agreement,  and stated that he had executed the same for the  consideration  and
purposes therein mentioned and set forth.

         WITNESS  my hand  and  seal as such  Notary  Public  this  ____  day of
___________, 1998.

My Commission Expires:

- ---------------------                       ------------------------------------
                                            Notary Public





                                       7


                          EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

     This agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of the __ day of ______, ____,
between  Southwestern Energy Company, an Arkansas corporation with its principal
offices at 1083 Sain Street,  P.O. Box 1408,  Fayetteville,  Arkansas 72702-1408
(hereinafter called the "Company"), and _______________  (hereinafter called the
"Employee"), residing at ____ ____________, ______________________.

WITNESSETH THAT:

          WHEREAS, should the Company or shareholders of the Company receive any
proposal from a third person concerning a possible business combination with the
Company or an  acquisition  of equity  securities  of the Company,  the Board of
Directors of the Company (hereinafter called the "Board") believes it imperative
that the Company and the Board be able to rely upon the  Employee to continue in
his  position,  and that the  Company  and the Board be able to receive and rely
upon his advice, if they request it, as to the best interests of the Company and
its shareholders, without concern that he might be distracted or that his advice
might be  affected by the  personal  uncertainties  and risks  created by such a
proposal;

          WHEREAS,  the Company desires to provide the compensation and benefits
provided  for  herein in order to  enable it to  attract  and  retain  qualified
executives such as the Employee, without a current expense to the Company;

          NOW, THEREFORE,  to assure the Company that it will have the continued
dedication  of the  Employee  and the  availability  of his advice  and  counsel
notwithstanding  the  possibility,  threat or  occurrence  of a bid to take over
control of the Company and to induce the Employee to remain in the employ of the
Company,  and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  Company and the
Employee hereby agree as follows:
                                       1

<PAGE>

                  1.       Definitions.

                           (i)      "Cause",  when  used in  connection with the
termination  of the  Employee's  employment  by the Company,  shall mean (a) the
willful  and  continued  failure by the  Employee  substantially  to perform his
duties and  obligations  to the Company  (other than any such failure  resulting
from his Disability)  which failure continues after the Company has given notice
thereof  to the  Employee  or (b)  the  willful  engaging  by  the  Employee  in
misconduct  which is materially  injurious to the Company.  For purposes of this
definition,  no act,  or  failure  to  act,  on the  Employee's  part  shall  be
considered  "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad
faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best
interests of the Company.

                           (ii)     "Change   in   Control"    shall   mean  the
occurrence of any of the following:

                           (a)      any  "person"  (as  such  term  is  used  in
Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange
Act"), an "Acquiring  Person")  becomes the "beneficial  owner" (as such term is
defined  in  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Company  representing  20% or  more  of the
combined voting power of the Company's then  outstanding  securities,  provided,
however, that any acquisition by (x) the Company or any of its subsidiaries,  or
any employee  benefit plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or  maintained  by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any corporation with respect to which,
immediately following such acquisition, more than 60% of, respectively, the then
outstanding  shares of common stock of such  corporation and the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation  entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly
or 

                                       2
<PAGE>

indirectly,  in the aggregate by all or substantially  all of the individuals
and entities who were the beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of the outstanding
Company common stock and Company  voting  securities  immediately  prior to such
acquisition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately
prior to such acquisition,  of the outstanding  Company common stock and Company
voting securities, as the case may be, shall not constitute a Change in Control;

                           (b)      consummation    by   the    Company   of   a
reorganization,  merger or  consolidation  (a "Business  Combination"),  in each
case,  with respect to which all or  substantially  all of the  individuals  and
entities who were the respective  beneficial  owners of the outstanding  Company
common stock and Company voting  securities  immediately  prior to such Business
Combination  do  not in  the  aggregate,  immediately  following  such  Business
Combination,  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  60% of,
respectively,  the then  outstanding  shares  of common  stock and the  combined
voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors,  as the case may be, of the  corporation
resulting from such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as
their  ownership   immediately  prior  to  such  Business   Combination  of  the
outstanding Company common stock and Company voting securities,  as the case may
be;

                           (c)      any  individual  who  is  nominated  by  the
Board for  election to the  Board on any date fails to be so elected as a direct
or indirect result of any proxy fight or contested election for positions on the
Board;

                           (d)      a "change in  control"  of the  Company of a
 nature  that would be  required  to be  reported  in  response  to Item 6(e) of
Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act occurs;

                                       3
<PAGE>

                           (e)      (i) a complete  liquidation  or  dissolution
of the Company or (ii) a sale or other  disposition of all  or substantially all
of the assets of both the  Exploration  and Production and the Utility  business
segments  of the  Company  other than to a  corporation  with  respect to which,
immediately following such sale or disposition,  more than 80% of, respectively,
the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the
then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors is then beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  in the aggregate
by all or  substantially  all of the  individuals  and  entities  who  were  the
beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of the outstanding  Company common stock and
Company  voting  securities  immediately  prior to such sale or  disposition  in
substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the outstanding  Company
common  stock and Company  voting  securities,  as the case may be,  immediately
prior to such sale or disposition;

                           [(f) <F1> the sale or  other  disposition  of  all or
substantially  all the assets of the [Utility  business  segment<F2>/Exploration
and Production business segment<F3>] other than to a corporation with respect to
which,  immediately  following  such  sale or  disposition,  more  than  80% of,
respectively,  the then  outstanding  shares  of common  stock and the  combined
voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors is then beneficially  owned,  directly or
indirectly,  in the aggregate by all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities  who were  the  beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of the  outstanding
Company common stock and Company  voting  securities  immediately  prior to such
sale or disposition in  substantially  the same proportion as their ownership of
the

                                       4
<PAGE>

outstanding  Company common  stock and Company  voting  securities,  as the case
may be,  immediately prior to such sale or disposition]; or

                           (g)      a majority  of the Board  determines  in its
sole and  absolute  discretion  that  there  has been a Change in Control of the
Company  or that  there  will be a Change in  Control  of the  Company  upon the
occurrence of certain specified events and such events occur.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not
occur with respect to the Employee by reason of any event which would  otherwise
constitute  a Change in Control if,  immediately  after the  occurrence  of such
event,  individuals  including such Employee who were executive  officers of the
Company  immediately  prior to the  occurrence of such event,  own,  directly or
indirectly,  on a fully diluted basis,  (i) 15% or more of the then  outstanding
shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  or any  acquiror  or  successor  to
substantially  all of the  business of the Company  [or, in the case of an event
described  in Section  1(ii)(f)  relating to a sale of a business  segment,  the
entity acquiring the  business  segment]<F4> or (ii) 15% or more of the combined
voting power of the then  outstanding  voting  securities  of the Company or any
acquiror or successor to  substantially  all of the business of the Company [or,
in the case of an event  described in Section  1(ii)(f)  relating to a sale of a
business  segment,  the entity acquiring the business  segment]<F4>  entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors.

                    (iii)   "Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of
the Board.

                    (iv)     "Compensation"  shall  mean  the sum of the highest
annual  base  salary  of the  Employee  in effect  at any time  during  the year
preceding the Termination Date and the maximum

                                       5
<PAGE>

cash bonus  opportunity  available to the Employee under the Company's Incentive
Compensation Plan(s) at any time during the year prior to the Termination Date.

                  (v)  "Contract Period"   shall  mean  the  period  defined  in
Section 2 hereof.

                  (vi)  "Disability"  shall mean a physical or mental incapacity
of the Employee  which  entitles the  Employee to  compensation  and benefits at
least  equal  to  two-thirds  of his  base  salary  during  the  period  of such
incapacity  under any long term disability plan applicable to him and maintained
by the Company as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control.

                  (vii) "Good Reason," when used with reference to a termination
by the Employee of his employment with the Company, shall mean:

                  (a) the assignment to the Employee of any duties  inconsistent
         with,  or the  reduction of powers or functions  associated  with,  his
         positions,  duties,   responsibilities  and  status  with  the  Company
         immediately  prior  to a  Change  in  Control,  or any  removal  of the
         Employee from, or any failure to reelect the Employee to, any positions
         or offices the Employee held immediately  prior to a Change in Control,
         except in connection with the termination of the Employee's  employment
         by the  Company for Cause or on account of  Disability  pursuant to the
         requirements of this Agreement;

                  (b) a reduction by the Company of the  Employee's  base salary
         as in  effect  immediately  prior to a Change  in  Control,  except  in
         connection  with the  termination of the  Employee's  employment by the
         Company  for  Cause  or  on  account  of  Disability  pursuant  to  the
         requirements of this Agreement;

                  (c) a change in the  Employee's  principal  work location to a
         location more than forty (40) miles from the Employee's  principal work
         location immediately prior to a change

                                       6
<PAGE>

         in control,  except for required travel on the Company's business to an
         extent  substantially  consistent with the  Employee's  business travel
         obligations immediately prior to a Change in Control;

                  (d) (1) the  failure by the  Company to continue in effect any
         employee  benefit  plan,  program  or  arrangement  (including  without
         limitation, "employee benefit plans" within the meaning of Section 3(3)
         of the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974  and  any
         incentive   or   equity-based   plans)  in  which  the   Employee   was
         participating  immediately  prior to a Change in Control (or substitute
         plans,   programs  or   arrangements   providing   the  Employee   with
         substantially similar compensation and benefits), (2) the taking of any
         action,  or the failure to take any action,  by the Company which could
         (A) adversely  affect the  Employee's  participation  in, or materially
         reduce the Employee's  benefits under,  any of such plans,  programs or
         arrangements,  (B) materially  adversely affect the basis for computing
         benefits  under any of such  plans,  programs  or  arrangements  or (C)
         deprive the  Employee of any  material  fringe  benefit  enjoyed by the
         Employee immediately prior to a Change in Control or (3) the failure by
         the Company to provide the  Employee  with the number of paid  vacation
         days to which the Employee was entitled  immediately  prior to a Change
         in Control in accordance with the Company's  vacation policy applicable
         to the Employee then in effect, except in each case, in connection with
         the  termination of the Employee's  employment by the Company for Cause
         or on  account  of  Disability  pursuant  to the  requirements  of this
         Agreement;

                  (e) the failure by the Company to pay the Employee any portion
         of  the  Employee's  current  compensation,   or  any  portion  of  the
         Employee's   compensation   deferred 

                                       7
<PAGE>

         under any plan, agreement or arrangement of or with the Company, within
         seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due;

                  (f) a material  increase in the required  working hours of the
         Employee from that required prior to a Change in Control;

                  (g) the failure by the Company to obtain an  assumption of the
         obligations of the Company under this Agreement by any successor to the
         Company pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof; or

                  (h)  any  termination  of  the  Employee's  employment  by the
         Company  during the Contract  Period which is not effected  pursuant to
         the requirements of this Agreement.

                  (viii)  "Termination  Date" shall mean the  effective  date as
provided hereunder of the termination of the Employee's employment.

                  2.  Application of Agreement.  This Agreement shall apply only
to a termination  of employment of the Employee  during a period (the  "Contract
Period")  commencing on the date  immediately  preceding the date of a Change in
Control and  terminating  on the third  anniversary of the date of the Change in
Control; provided, however, that such Change in Control occurs during the period
commencing as of the date hereof and terminating on the first anniversary of the
date hereof or as further extended  pursuant to the following  sentence.  On the
first anniversary of the date hereof, and on each anniversary of the date hereof
thereafter,   the  period  during  which  this   Agreement   shall  apply  shall
automatically  be extended for one additional  year,  unless at least six months
before such  anniversary the Company notifies the Employee that it elects not to
extend such period.  If the Company elects not to extend such period,  then such
period  shall end two years after the next  anniversary  of the date hereof that
follows the date of such notice.  Notwithstanding  anything in this 

                                       8
<PAGE>

Agreement to the  contrary,  if,  within six months prior to the date on which a
Change  in  Control  occurs,  the  Employee's  employment  with the  Company  is
terminated  by the  Company  other  than  by  reason  of the  Employee's  death,
Disability  or  circumstances  that  would  constitute  Cause or the  terms  and
conditions of the Employee's  employment are adversely changed in a manner which
would  constitute  grounds for a  termination  of employment by the Employee for
Good  Reason,  and  it is  reasonably  demonstrated  that  such  termination  of
employment  or adverse  change (i) was at the  request of a third  party who has
taken  steps  reasonably  calculated  to effect  the  Change in  Control of (ii)
otherwise  arose in connection with or in anticipation of the Change in Control,
then for all purposes of this Agreement such  termination of employment shall be
deemed to have  occurred  during the  Contract  Period  and shall be  considered
either termination of the Employee's  employment without Cause by the Company or
termination of the Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason, as the
case may be. Any reference herein to the Employee's employment or termination of
employment  by or with the Company shall  include the  Employee's  employment or
termination of employment by or with any subsidiary or affiliated company of the
Company.
                  3.  Termination  of  Employment of the Employee By the Company
During the Contract Period.

                  (i) During the  Contract  Period,  the Company  shall have the
right to terminate the Employee's employment hereunder for Cause, for Disability
or without Cause by following the procedures hereinafter specified.

                  (ii)  Termination of the Employee's  employment for Disability
shall  become  effective  thirty (30) days after a notice of intent to terminate
the  Employee's  employment,   specifying  Disability  as  the  basis  for  such
termination, is given to the Employee by the Committee.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  (iii) The Employee may not be terminated  for Cause unless and
until a notice of intent to  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  for  Cause,
specifying the particulars of the conduct of the Employee  forming the basis for
such termination, is given to the Employee by the Committee and, subsequently, a
majority of the Board finds,  after reasonable notice to the Employee (but in no
event less than  fifteen  (15) days' prior  notice) and an  opportunity  for the
Employee  and his  counsel to be heard by the  Board,  that  termination  of the
Employee's  employment  for Cause is justified.  Termination  of the  Employee's
employment for Cause shall become  effective after such finding has been made by
the Board and five (5)  business  days  after  the Board  gives to the  Employee
notice  thereof,  specifying  in detail the  particulars  of the  conduct of the
Employee found by the Board to justify such termination for Cause.

                  (iv) The Company  shall have the  absolute  right to terminate
the Employee's  employment  without Cause at any time during the Contract Period
by vote of a majority of the Board.  Termination  of the  Employee's  employment
without Cause shall be effective five (5) business days after the Board gives to
the Employee notice thereof, specifying that such termination is without Cause.

                  (v) Upon a termination of the Employee's  employment for Cause
during the  Contract  Period,  the  Employee  shall have no right to receive any
compensation or benefits  hereunder (other than those  compensation and benefits
provided in Paragraph (i) (a) of Section 5 hereof).  Upon a  termination  of the
Employee's  employment  without  Cause or for  Disability  during  the  Contract
Period,  the Employee shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits
provided in Section 5 hereof.  Except as  provided in Section 2, this  Agreement
shall  not  apply  to,  and the  Employee  shall  have no right to  receive  any
compensation  or benefits  hereunder in connection  with any  termination of the
Employee's employment by the Company other than during the Contract Period.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                  4.  Termination  of  Employment  By the  Employee  During  the
Contract Period.  During the Contract Period,  the Employee shall be entitled to
terminate  his  employment  with  the  Company,  and  shall be  entitled  to the
compensation and benefits hereunder as follows:

                  (i) If the Employee terminates his employment with the Company
during the  twelve-month  period beginning  immediately  preceding the date of a
Change in Control other than for Good Reason,  the Employee  shall have no right
to receive any compensation or benefits  hereunder (other than those provided in
Paragraph (i) (a) of Section 5 hereof).

                  (ii) If the Employee shall  terminate his employment  with the
Company at any time during the  Contract  Period for Good  Reason,  the Employee
shall be entitled to receive the benefits provided in Section 5 hereof.

                  (iii) The Employee  shall give the Company notice of voluntary
termination of employment  pursuant to this Section 4, which notice need specify
only the Employee's  desire to terminate his employment and, if such termination
is for Good Reason,  set forth in reasonable  detail the facts and circumstances
claimed by the Employee to constitute Good Reason. Termination of the Employee's
employment  by the Employee  pursuant to this Section 4 shall be effective  five
(5) business days after the Employee gives notice thereof to the Company. Except
as provided in Section 2, this  Agreement  shall not apply to, and the  Employee
shall have no right to  receive,  any  compensation  or  benefits  hereunder  in
connection  with any  termination of the  Employee's  employment by the Employee
other than during the Contract  Period.  This Agreement  shall not apply to, and
the  Employee  shall have no right to  receive,  any  compensation  or  benefits
hereunder in  connection  with a  termination  of the  Employee's  employment on
account of the Employee's death, whether or not during the Contract Period.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                  5.  Compensation  and  Benefits  Upon  Termination  in Certain
Circumstances. (i) Upon the termination of the employment of the Employee by the
Company pursuant to Section 3(iv)  (termination  without Cause) hereto or by the
Employee as described in Section 4(ii) hereof, the Employee shall be entitled to
receive  the  compensation  and  benefits in  Subparagraphs  (a) and (b) of this
Paragraph  (i). Upon the  termination  of the  employment of the Employee by the
Company  pursuant to Section  3(ii)  (termination  by reason of  Disability)  or
Section 3(iii)  (termination  for Cause) or by the Employee  pursuant to Section
4(i),  the  Employee  shall be  entitled  to the  compensation  and  benefits in
Subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph (i).

                  (a) The Company shall pay to the Employee,  not later than the
         Termination  Date,  a lump sum cash amount  equal to the sum of (I) the
         full base salary earned by the Employee  through the  Termination  Date
         and unpaid at the Termination  Date,  calculated at the highest rate of
         base salary in effect at any time during the twelve months  immediately
         preceding  the  Termination  Date,  (II) the amount of any base  salary
         attributable  to vacation  earned by the  Employee but not taken before
         the  Termination  Date,  (III)  any  annualized  bonus  accrued  to the
         Employee  through the  Termination  Date and unpaid at the  Termination
         Date,  plus (IV) all other amounts earned by the Employee and unpaid at
         the Termination Date.

                  (b) The Company shall pay to the Employee,  not later than the
         Termination  Date,  a lump sum cash amount  equal to the product of the
         Employee's Compensation times [2.99/2.00]<F5>.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                  (ii) If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company
pursuant  to  Section  3(ii)  (termination  by  reason of  Disability)  or 3(iv)
(termination without Cause) hereof, or by the Employee pursuant to Section 4(ii)
hereof, the Employee shall be entitled to receive the following compensation and
benefits:

                  (a) The  Company  shall  maintain in full force and effect for
         the   Employee's   continued   benefit  all  life,   medical,   dental,
         prescription drug and long- and short-term  disability plans,  programs
         or arrangements, whether group or individual, in which the Employee was
         entitled to participate  at any time during the twelve 12  month-period
         prior to the Termination Date, until the earliest to occur of (I) three
         years after the Termination  Date; (II) the Employee's  death (provided
         that compensation and benefits payable to his  beneficiaries  shall not
         terminate  upon his  death);  or (III) with  respect to any  particular
         plan,  program or  arrangement,  the date he is  afforded a  comparable
         benefit at a comparable cost to the Employee by a subsequent  employer.
         In the  event  that the  Employee's  participation  in any  such  plan,
         program or  arrangement  of the Company is prohibited the Company shall
         arrange  to  provide  the  Employee  with   compensation  and  benefits
         substantially  similar  to those  which the  Employee  is  entitled  to
         receive under such plan, program or arrangement for such period.

                  (b) The Company  shall pay to the  Employee all legal fees and
         expenses (including legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with
         an  arbitration  proceeding  engaged in  pursuant to Section 10 hereof)
         incurred by the Employee as a result of such  termination of employment
         (including all such fees and expenses,  if any,  incurred in contesting
         or disputing  any such  termination  or in seeking to obtain or enforce
         any right or benefit  provided  to the  Employee by this  Agreement  or
         under  any  other  plan,  program  or 

                                       13
<PAGE>

         arrangement of the Company or agreement with the Company),  as and when
         such fees and expenses become due.

                  (iii) The  Employee  shall not be  required  to  mitigate  the
amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5 by seeking other
employment or otherwise.

                  (iv) The amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this
Section 5 shall not be reduced by any  compensation,  benefits or other  amounts
paid to or earned by the  Employee  as the  result of  employment  with  another
employer  after  the  Termination  Date or  otherwise,  except  as  specifically
provided in Section 5(ii)(a)(III).

                  (v) In the event that any payment hereunder, together with any
other payment or the value of any benefit  received in connection  with a Change
in Control or the  termination  or the  Employee's  employment  pursuant to this
Agreement or any plan,  agreement or other  arrangement  between the Company and
the Employee (or any member of Company's  affiliated group ("Affiliated  Group")
as such term is defined in Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"),  without regard to Section  1504(b)  thereof)  ("Change in
Control  Payments")  would  result in the  imposition  of an excise tax ("Excise
Tax") under Section 4999 of the Code, the payment hereunder may, at the election
of the Employee, be reduced by the amount necessary to prevent the imposition of
such excise tax (the "Payment Reduction").

                  (a)  All  determinations   required  to  be  made  under  this
         Paragraph  (v),  including  whether a Payment  Reduction is required to
         avoid the taxes described in the preceding paragraph, the amount of any
         such Payment  Reduction,  and the assumptions to be used in determining
         such  conclusions,  shall  be made by the  Company's  certified  public
         accountants (the "Accountants") which shall provide detailed supporting
         calculations  both to the Company and the Employee  within fifteen days
         of the  Termination  Date, if applicable.  All

                                       14
<PAGE>

         fees and  expenses  of the  Accountants  shall be borne  solely  by the
         Company.  Within five (5) days after receipt of such supporting detail,
         the Employee may, by filing a written notice with the Company,  elect a
         Payment Reduction. The Payment Reduction, if any, shall then be made by
         the Company within five days of the receipt of the Employee's election.
         If the  Accountants  determine  that no Excise  Tax is  payable  by the
         Employee,  it shall furnish the Employee with a written  representation
         that  failure to report the Excise Tax on  Employee's  applicable  U.S.
         Federal income tax return for the  applicable  year would not result in
         the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by
         the Accountants shall be binding on both the Employee and the Company.

                  (b) If it is determined that the Payment Reductions which were
         not made by the Company should have been made  ("Overpayment"),  or, if
         such  Payment  Reductions  which  were made  should  not have been made
         ("Underpayment"),  (I) the  Company  shall,  in the  case  of any  such
         Underpayment,  make a further  payment to Employee,  within thirty days
         notice  of such  Underpayment,  in the  amount  of  such  Underpayment,
         including interest accrued with respect thereto, provided however, such
         further  payment  shall not include any such  amounts  (including  such
         interest) that would result,  either alone, or in combination  with any
         Change in Control Payment in any Excise Tax after giving effect to such
         payment by the Company to the Employee on account of such Underpayment,
         or (II) in the  case of an  Overpayment,  then  Employee  shall  pay an
         amount equal to such  Overpayment,  including any interest accrued with
         respect thereto,  such that the net effect,  after such payment of such
         Overpayment  (including interest) from Employee to the Company would be
         that no Excise Tax would be imposed on the  Employee.  For  purposes of
         this Paragraph (v), the Accountants  shall determine the amount of such
         Overpayment or Underpayment.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                  (vi) In the event that any payment  hereunder,  together  with
any other  payment or the value of any  benefit  received in  connection  with a
Change in Control or the  termination or the Employee's  employment  pursuant to
this Agreement or any plan,  agreement or other arrangement  between the Company
and the  Employee  (or any member of the  Affiliated  Group) would result in the
imposition of an excise tax ("Excise  Tax") under Section 4999 of the Code,  and
the Employee does not elect a Payment Reduction,  as described in Paragraph 5(v)
above, the Company shall pay to the Employee an additional  payment (a "Gross-Up
Payment")  in an amount  such that after  payment by the  Employee  of all taxes
(including interest and penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including
without  limitation,  any income taxes,  employment taxes and Excise Tax imposed
upon the  Gross-Up  Payment,  the  Employee  retains  an amount of the  Gross-Up
payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the payments made.

                  (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (vi)(c) hereof, all
         determinations required to be made under this Paragraph (vi), including
         whether a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of any such Gross-Up
         Payment,   and  the   assumptions  to  be  used  in  determining   such
         conclusions,  shall be made by the  Company's  Accountants  which shall
         provide detailed  supporting  calculations  both to the Company and the
         Employee  within  fifteen days of the  Termination  Date.  All fees and
         expenses of the Accountants  shall be borne solely by the Company.  The
         Gross-Up Payment, if any, shall be made by the Company within five days
         of the receipt of the  Accountants'  determination.  If the Accountants
         determine  that no Excise  Tax is  payable  by the  Employee,  it shall
         furnish the  Employee  with a written  representation  that  failure to
         report the Excise Tax on Employee's  applicable U.S. Federal income tax
         return for the applicable  year would not result in the imposition of a
         negligence or similar penalty.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                  (b) If it is determined that a Gross-Up  Payment which was not
         made by the Company  should have been made  ("Gross-Up  Underpayment"),
         or, if such Gross-Up Payments which were made should not have been made
         ("Gross-Up  Overpayment"),  Employee  shall,  in the  case of any  such
         Gross-Up  Overpayment,  refund such Gross-Up Overpayment (together with
         any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes  applicable  thereto)
         promptly to the Company, or in the case of an Gross-Up Underpayment, in
         the event  that the  Company  exhausts  its  remedies  under  Paragraph
         (vi)(c)  hereof,  and the  Employee  is required  thereafter  to make a
         payment of any Excise  Tax,  any such  Gross-Up  Underpayment  shall be
         promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Employee. For
         purposes of this Paragraph  (vi), the  Accountants  shall determine the
         amount of such Overpayment or Underpayment.

                  (c) Employee  shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
         by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would require the
         payment of an Excise Tax. Such  notification  shall be given as soon as
         practicable  but no later than ten business  days after the Employee is
         informed in writing of such claim and shall  apprise the Company of the
         nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is  requested  to
         be paid.  Employee shall not pay any such claim prior to the expiration
         of a thirty day period  following the date on which the Employee  gives
         such notice to the Company (or such shorter  period  ending on the date
         that any  payment of taxes with  respect to such claim is due).  If the
         Company  notifies the Employee in writing  prior to the  expiration  of
         such period that it desires to contest such claim,  Employee  shall (I)
         give the Company any  information  reasonably  requested by the Company
         relating  to such  claim,  (II) take such  action  in  connection  with
         contesting  such claim as the  Company  shall  reasonably  request,  in
         writing from time to time,  including,

                                       17
<PAGE>

         without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such
         claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company, and acceptable
         to the  Employee  (which  such  acceptance  shall  not be  unreasonably
         withheld),  (III)  cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to
         effectively  contest  such  claim,  and  (IV)  permit  the  Company  to
         participate  in  any  proceedings  relating  to  such  claim,  provided
         however,  that the Company  shall bear and pay  directly  all costs and
         expenses  (including  additional  interest and  penalties)  incurred in
         connection  with such contest and shall indemnify and hold harmless the
         Employee, on an after-tax basis, for any income taxes, employment taxes
         and Excise Tax imposed,  including  interest and penalties imposed with
         respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment
         of costs and expenses.  Without limitation on the foregoing  provisions
         of this Paragraph  (vi)(c),  the Company shall control all  proceedings
         taken in  connection  with such  contest,  and may, at its sole option,
         pursue  or  forgo  any and  all  administrative  appeals,  proceedings,
         hearings  and  conferences  with the  applicable  taxing  authority  in
         respect of such claim and may, at its sole  option,  either  direct the
         Employee to pay the tax  claimed  and sue for a refund,  or contest the
         claim in a  permissible  manner,  and the Employee  agrees to prosecute
         such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, any
         court of initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as
         the Company  shall  determine,  provided  however,  that if the Company
         directs  the  Employee  to pay such  claim  and sue for a  refund,  the
         Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Employee, on an
         interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Employee harmless,
         on an  after-tax  basis from any  income  taxes,  employment  taxes and
         Excise Tax  imposed,  including  interest  or  penalties  with  respect
         thereto,  imposed  with  respect to such advance or with respect to any
         imputed income with respect to such advance;  and further provided that

                                       18
<PAGE>

         any  extension  of the  statute of  limitations  relating to payment of
         taxes for the taxable year of the  Employee  with respect to which such
         contested  amount is claimed is due is limited solely by such contested
         amount.  Furthermore,  the  Company's  control of the contest  shall be
         limited to issues  with  respect to which a Gross-Up  Payment  would be
         payable  hereunder  and the  Employee  shall be  entitled  to settle or
         contest,  as the case may be, any other  issue  raised by the  Internal
         Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                  (d)  If,  after  the  receipt  by the  Employee  of an  amount
         advanced by the Company  pursuant to  Paragraph  (vi)(c),  the Employee
         receives  a refund  with  respect to such  claim,  the  Employee  shall
         (subject to the Company's  complying with the requirements of Paragraph
         (vi)(c))  promptly  pay  to the  Company  the  amount  of  such  refund
         (together  with any  interest  paid or  credited  thereon  after  taxes
         applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Employee of an amount
         advanced by the Company pursuant to Paragraph  (vi)(c), a determination
         is made that the  Employee  shall not be  entitled  to any refund  with
         respect to such claim and the Company  does not notify the  Employee in
         writing  of its intent to contest  such  denial of refund  prior to the
         expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall
         be  forgiven  and shall not be  required to be repaid and the amount of
         such  advance  shall  offset,  to the  extent  thereof,  the  amount of
         Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

                  6. Payment Obligations  Absolute.  The Company's obligation to
pay the  Employee  the amounts  provided  for  hereunder  shall be absolute  and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,  recoupment, defense or other right which
the  Company  may  have  against  him or  anyone  else  and,  including  without
limitation,  any  defense  or claim  based on a breach  by the  Employee  of the
covenants  contained herein.  All amounts payable by the Company hereunder shall
be paid without  notice or 

                                       19
<PAGE>

demand. Except as expressly provided herein, the Company waives all rights which
it may  now  have or may  hereafter  have  conferred  upon  it,  by  statute  or
otherwise, to amend, terminate,  cancel or rescind this Agreement in whole or in
part.  Subject to the right of the Company to seek arbitration  under Section 10
hereof and recover any  payment  made  hereunder,  each and every  payment  made
hereunder  by the  Company  shall be final,  and the  Company  shall not seek to
recover all or any part of such payment from the Employee or from whomsoever may
be entitled thereto, for any reason whatsoever.

                  7.       Covenant Not to Solicit.

                  (i) In the event the  Employee's  employment  is terminated by
the Company pursuant to Section 3(iv) hereof  (termination  without Cause) or by
the  Employee  pursuant  to Section 4 hereof,  the  Employee  agrees  during the
three-year period following the Termination Date not to:

                  (a) offer employment to any officer or employee of the Company
                  or any  subsidiary  or  affiliated  company of the  Company or
                  attempt to induce any such  officer or  employee  to leave the
                  employ of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliated  company
                  of the Company; or

                  (b) attempt to persuade or induce, or persuade or induce,  any
                  officer,  director, agent, customer, client or supplier of the
                  Company or any subsidiary or affiliated company of the Company
                  to discontinue his or her relationship with the Company or any
                  subsidiary or affiliated company of the Company.

                  (ii) In the event of any breach of the foregoing covenant, the
Employee  acknowledges  that the Company's  remedy at law is inadequate and that
the Company shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                  8.       Successors; Binding Agreement.

                  (i)  This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  any  successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation,  liquidation or
otherwise)  to all or  substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the
Company. Additionally, the Company shall require any such successor expressly to
agree to assume and to assume all of the  obligations  of the Company under this
Agreement  upon  or  prior  to  such  succession  taking  place.  A copy of such
assumption and agreement  shall be delivered to the Employee  promptly after its
execution  by the  successor.  Failure of the Company to obtain  such  agreement
prior  to the  effectiveness  of any  such  succession  shall  constitute  "Good
Reason."  As used  in this  Agreement,  "Company"  shall  mean  the  Company  as
hereinbefore  defined  and  any  successor  to its  business  and or  assets  as
aforesaid,  whether or not such  successor  executes and delivers the  agreement
provided for in this Section 8(i).

                  (ii)  This  Agreement  is  personal  to the  Employee  and the
Employee may not assign or transfer any part of his rights or duties  hereunder,
or any compensation due to him hereunder,  to any other person, except that this
Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable  by the  Employee's
personal   or   legal   representatives,   executors,   administrators,   heirs,
distributees,  devises,  legatees or  beneficiaries.  No payment pursuant to any
will or the laws of descent and distribution  shall be made hereunder unless the
Company  shall have been  furnished  with a copy of such will  and/or such other
evidence  as the Board may deem  necessary  to  establish  the  validity  of the
payment.

                  9.  Modification;  Waiver. No provisions of this Agreement may
be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver,  modification or discharge
is agreed to in a writing signed by the Employee and such director or officer as
may be specifically  designated by the Board.  Waiver by any party of any breach
of or failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement by

                                       21
<PAGE>

the other party shall not be construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of
such provision, or a waiver of any  other  breach of, or failure to comply with,
any other provision of this Agreement.

                  10.      Arbitration of Disputes.

                  (i) Any  disagreement,  dispute,  controversy or claim arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or the  interpretation  or validity  hereof
shall be settled exclusively and finally by arbitration except that in the event
of the  Employee's  breach of the covenant  contained  in Section 7 hereof,  the
Company shall be entitled to seek  injunctive  relief  pursuant to Section 7(ii)
hereof. It is specifically understood and agreed that any disagreement,  dispute
or controversy  which cannot be resolved between the parties,  including without
limitation any matter relating to the  interpretation of this Agreement,  may be
submitted to arbitration  irrespective of the magnitude  thereof,  the amount in
controversy or whether such disagreement, dispute or controversy otherwise would
be  considered  justiciable  or  ripe  for  resolution  by a court  or  arbitral
tribunal.

                  (ii) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the
Commercial   Arbitration  Rules  (the  "Arbitration   Rules")  of  the  American
Arbitration Association (the "AAA").

                  (iii) The arbitral  tribunal shall consist of one  arbitrator.
The parties to the  arbitration  jointly shall directly  appoint such arbitrator
within 30 days of  initiation of the  arbitration.  If the parties shall fail to
appoint such arbitrator as provided above, such arbitrator shall be appointed by
the AAA as  provided  in the  Arbitration  Rules and  shall be a person  who (a)
maintains  his  principal  place  of  business  within  30  miles of the City of
Fayetteville,   Arkansas,  and  (b)  has  had  substantial  experience  (whether
practical  or  academic)  in mergers and  acquisitions  or, if no such person is
available,  in employee compensation and benefits.  The Company shall pay all of
the fees, if any, and expenses of such arbitrator.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                  (iv) The arbitration shall be conducted within 30 miles of the
City of  Fayetteville,  Arkansas  or in such other city in the United  States of
America as the parties to the dispute may designate by mutual written consent.

                  (v) At any oral  hearing of  evidence in  connection  with the
arbitration,  each party  thereto or its legal  counsel  shall have the right to
examine its witnesses and to cross-examine  the witnesses of any opposing party.
No evidence of any  witness  shall be  presented  unless the  opposing  party or
parties shall have the opportunity to cross-examine such witness,  except as the
parties to the dispute otherwise agree in writing or except under  extraordinary
circumstances where the interests of justice require a different procedure.

                  (vi) Any decision or award of the arbitral  tribunal  shall be
final and binding upon the parties to the  arbitration  proceeding.  The parties
hereto hereby waive, to the extent  permitted by law, any rights to appeal or to
seek review of such award by any court or  tribunal.  The parties  hereto  agree
that the arbitral award may be enforced  against the parties to the  arbitration
proceeding  or their assets  wherever they may be found and that a judgment upon
the arbitral award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

                  (vii)  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to give the
arbitral  tribunal  any  authority,  power,  or right to alter,  change,  amend,
modify, add to, or subtract from any of the provisions of this Agreement.

                  11.  Notice.   All  notices,   requests,   demands  and  other
communications  required or  permitted  to be given by either party to the other
party  by  this  Agreement  (including,   without  limitation,   any  notice  of
termination  of  employment  and any notice  under the  Arbitration  Rules of an
intention  to  arbitrate)  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when

                                       23
<PAGE>

delivered personally or received by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, at the address of the other party, as follows:

                  If to the Company, to:
                  Southwestern Energy Company

                  1083 Sain Street
                  P.O. Box 1408
                  Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1408
                  Attention:  Board of Directors and Secretary

                  If to the Employee, to:
                  _________________
                  _________________
                  _________________

Either  party  hereto may  change its  address for  purposes of this  Section 11
by giving  fifteen  (15) days' prior notice to the other party hereto.

                  12.  Severability.  If any term or provision of this Agreement
or the application  thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be
invalid or unenforceable,  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of
such term or provision to persons or circumstances  other than those as to which
it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term
and provision of this  Agreement  shall be valid and  enforceable to the fullest
extent permitted by law.

                  13. Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience  of  reference  only and shall not be a part of or control or affect
the meaning of this Agreement.

                  14.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

                                       24
<PAGE>

                  15.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  has been  executed  and
delivered in the State of Arkansas and shall in all respects be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Arkansas.

                  16. Payroll and  Withholding  Taxes.  The Company may withhold
from any amounts payable to the Employee  hereunder all federal,  state, city or
other  taxes that the  Company  may  reasonably  determine  are  required  to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation,  provided  however,  that
the Company's  determinations  respecting  matters  described in Paragraph  5(v)
shall be based  upon and  shall be  consistent  with the  determinations  by the
Accountants.

                  17.  Entire  Agreement.  Except  as  explicitly  provided  for
herein,  this Agreement  supersedes any and all other oral or written agreements
heretofore  made relating to the subject matter hereof,  including the agreement
dated, ______,  between the Company and the Employee, and constitutes the entire
agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof;  provided, that,
this  Agreement  shall not supersede or limit or in any way affect the amount of
compensation or benefits to which the Employee would be entitled under any other
agreement,  plan,  program or  arrangement  with the Company  including any such
agreement,  plan, program or arrangement providing for compensation and benefits
in the nature of severance pay.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first written above.


                                          Southwestern Energy Company

                                          By: ___________________________

                                          Chairman of the Compensation Committee
                                          Southwestern Energy Company



                                          By:___________________________

                                          Chairman of the Board of
                                          Southwestern Energy Company



                                          _______________________________
                                          Employee



                                       26
<PAGE>




- --------
<F1>     Subsection  (f)  applies  to Messrs.  Harold Korell,  Greg Kerley, Alan
         Stevens, Richard Lane and Charles Stevens.

<F2>     Applies to Mr. Charles Stevens

<F3>     Applies to Messrs. Harold Korell, Greg Kerley, Alan Stevens and Richard
         Lane.

<F4>     Applies to Messrs.  Harold Korell, Greg Kerley,  Alan Stevens,  Richard
         Lane and Charles Stevens.

<F5>     2.99  for   Messrs.  Harold  Korell,  Greg  Kerley,  Alan  Stevens  and
         Ms. Debbie Branch; 2.0 for Richard Lane and Charlie Stevens




                         FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND
                    RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                   NOARK PIPELINE SYSTEM, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


         This FIRST  AMENDMENT  TO AMENDED  AND  RESTATED  AGREEMENT  OF LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP  OF  NOARK  PIPELINE  SYSTEM,   LIMITED   PARTNERSHIP  (this  "First
Amendment")  dated as of June 18,  1998 amends that certain Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited  Partnership of NOARK Pipeline System,  Limited Partnership
dated as of January 12,  1998 (the "Partnership Agreement") between Southwestern
Energy Pipeline  Company,  as a general  partner,  and Enogex Arkansas  Pipeline
Corporation, as a general partner and a limited partner.  Capitalized terms used
herein and not defined  herein shall have the meanings  assigned  thereto in the
Partnership Agreement.

         In consideration of the mutual promises made herein, and for other good
and  valuable  consideration  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby
acknowledged, the Partners hereby agree as follows:

         1. The definition of "Existing Loans" in Section 1.1 of the Partnership
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         " "Existing  Loans" means the NOARK Debt, and any  subsequent  loans to
         the Partnership or any NOARK Related Entity replacing the then existing
         principal  balance of the NOARK Debt,  or the then  existing  principal
         balance of such subsequent loans, as applicable."

         2. The  definition  of "NOARK  Debt" in Section 1.1 of the  Partnership
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting at the end thereof, the following:

         "; provided,  however,  that from and after June 18,  1998 "NOARK Debt"
         shall mean the Finance  Notes,  and shall  exclude for all  purposes of
         this  Agreement  the debt incurred by the  Partnership  pursuant to the
         terms of that certain Loan Agreement  dated as of June 1,  1998 between
         the Partnership and NOARK Pipeline Finance, L.L.C., an Oklahoma limited
         liability company."

         3.  Section  1.1 of the  Partnership  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
inserting the following definitions:

         "Defaulting  Guarantor"  shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
         Indenture.

         "EAPC  Allocated   Existing  Loans"  shall  mean,  at  any  time  after
         indebtedness  is  incurred  pursuant  to the last  sentence  of Section
         3.5(b) hereof,  (i) 40% of the Existing Loans  immediately prior to the
         incurrence of such  indebtedness  and the  application  of the 

<PAGE>

         proceeds thereof;  less, if and only if Southwestern  Energy Company is
         the Defaulting  Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture),  the principal
         amount of Finance Notes  redeemed upon  application  of the proceeds of
         such  indebtedness and (ii) if and only if Southwestern  Energy Company
         is the Defaulting Guarantor,  the indebtedness incurred pursuant to the
         last sentence of Section 3.5(b) hereof, and any subsequent loans to the
         Partnership  replacing the principal  balance  thereof at the time such
         subsequent loans are made.

         "Enogex  Guaranty"  shall  have the  meaning  assigned  thereto  in the
         Indenture.

         "Finance  Notes"  shall mean the 7.15%  Notes Due 2018  issued by NOARK
         Pipeline Finance,  L.L.C. in the original aggregate principal amount of
         $80,000,000 pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Indenture"  shall mean the Indenture dated as of June 1,  1998 between
         the  NOARK  Pipeline  Finance,  L.L.C.  and The  Bank of New  York,  as
         trustee, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

         "Non-Defaulting  Guarantor"  shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
         the Indenture.

         "Southwestern  Guaranty" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
         Indenture.

         "SWPL  Allocated   Existing  Loans"  shall  mean,  at  any  time  after
         indebtedness  is  incurred  pursuant  to the last  sentence  of Section
         3.5(b)  hereof,  the sum of (i) 60% of the Existing  Loans  immediately
         prior to the incurrence of such indebtedness and the application of the
         proceeds  thereof,  less, if and only if Enogex Inc. is the  Defaulting
         Guarantor  (as  defined  in the  Indenture),  the  principal  amount of
         Finance  Notes  redeemed  upon  application  of the  proceeds  of  such
         indebtedness  and (ii) if and only if  Enogex  Inc.  is the  Defaulting
         Guarantor,  the indebtedness  incurred pursuant to the last sentence of
         Section 3.5(b)  hereof,  and any  subsequent  loans to the  Partnership
         replacing the  principal  balance  thereof at the time such  subsequent
         loans are made.

         4. Subsection (b) of Section 3.5 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby
amended as follows:

         (i) by inserting  the words "by the  Partnership  (including  any NOARK
Related Entity)"  immediately after the words  "indebtedness for borrowed money"
in the first line thereof; and

         (ii) by inserting  at the end of said  subsection  (b),  the  following
sentence:

         "Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i) if  Southwestern  Energy Company
         shall  be  a  Defaulting   Guarantor   and  Enogex  Inc.   shall  be  a
         Non-Defaulting  Guarantor,  the Partnership,  at the direction of EAPC,
         may incur  indebtedness  for borrowed  money (x) upon a declaration  of
         acceleration  of the Finance  Notes  pursuant to Section  6.1(b) of the
         Indenture,  in a principal  amount  equal to the  Guaranteed  Principal
         Amount (as  defined  in the Enogex  Guaranty)  or (y)  otherwise,  in a
         principal  amount  equal to the  Redemption

                                       2
<PAGE>

         Price (as defined in the  Indenture)  applicable  to the  redemption of
         Finance Notes in an aggregate  principal amount equal to the Guaranteed
         Principal  Amount (as  defined in the  Enogex  Guaranty),  in each case
         without the consent of the  SuperMajority in Interest of Partners,  and
         the proceeds of such indebtedness  shall be applied on behalf of Enogex
         Inc. to the payment of the Finance Notes upon  acceleration  thereof or
         to the  redemption of Finance Notes  pursuant to Section  3.1(b) of the
         Indenture, as applicable, and (ii) if Enogex Inc. shall be a Defaulting
         Guarantor and  Southwestern  Energy  Company shall be a  Non-Defaulting
         Guarantor,  the  Partnership  may,  at the  direction  of  SWPL,  incur
         indebtedness  for borrowed money (x) upon a declaration of acceleration
         of the Finance Notes pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Indenture,  in a
         principal  amount equal to the Guaranteed  Principal Amount (as defined
         in the Southwestern  Guaranty) or (y) otherwise,  in a principal amount
         equal to the Redemption Price (as defined in the Indenture)  applicable
         to the  redemption  of Finance Notes in an aggregate  principal  amount
         equal  to  the   Guaranteed   Principal   Amount  (as  defined  in  the
         Southwestern  Guaranty),  in  each  case  without  the  consent  of the
         SuperMajority  in  Interest  of  Partners,  and  the  proceeds  of such
         indebtedness shall be applied on behalf of Southwestern  Energy Company
         to the payment of the Finance Notes upon acceleration thereof or to the
         redemption  of  Finance  Notes   pursuant  to  Section  3.1(b)  of  the
         Indenture;  provided that any  indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to this
         sentence  without  the  consent of the  SuperMajority  in  Interest  of
         Partners  shall  be  unsecured,  shall be  non-recourse  to each of the
         Partners  (unless with respect to either  Partner,  such Partner  shall
         otherwise  consent in writing)  and shall not  contain  any  covenants,
         agreements  or provisions  which would in any material  respect be more
         restrictive on the Partnership and the NOARK Related Entities and their
         respective  businesses  and affairs than the  covenants,  agreements or
         provisions of the Indenture  and the Finance  Notes.  In the event that
         EAPC directs the Partnership to incur  indebtedness as described in the
         preceding  sentence,  (i) EAPC,  on behalf of the Partnership,  and the
         Partnership  are  hereby  authorized  to  take  such  action  as may be
         reasonably  required  in  order  for  the  Partnership  to  incur  such
         indebtedness  in  conformity  with the  requirements  of the  preceding
         sentence,  without any further action by the Partners or the Management
         Committee and (ii) SWPL shall take all such actions and execute any and
         all  documents  reasonably  required by it as a general  partner of the
         Partnership to facilitate the  incurrence of such  indebtedness  by the
         Partnership;  provided  that SWPL  shall not  incur  any  liability  in
         respect  thereof.  In the event that SWPL  directs the  Partnership  to
         incur indebtedness as described in the preceding sentence, (i) SWPL, on
         behalf of the Partnership, and the Partnership are hereby authorized to
         take  such  action  as may be  reasonably  required  in  order  for the
         Partnership  to  incur  such   indebtedness   in  conformity  with  the
         requirements  of the second  preceding  sentence,  without  any further
         action by the Partners or the Management  Committee and (ii) EAPC shall
         take all such  actions  and execute  any and all  documents  reasonably
         required by it as a general  partner of the  Partnership  to facilitate
         the incurrence of such  indebtedness by the Partnership;  provided that
         EAPC shall not incur any liability in respect thereof.

         5. Section 4.2(c) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

                                       3
<PAGE>

         (c)  The  Partners  agree  that  (i)  prior  to the  incurrence  of any
         indebtedness  pursuant  to the last  sentence  of Section  3.5(b),  the
         Existing  Loans,  including  applicable  interest,  shall be  repaid as
         follows:  (x) sixty  percent  (60%) of the  Existing  Loans,  including
         applicable  interest,  shall be  repaid  out of any  amounts  otherwise
         distributable  to SWPL,  before taking into account debt service on the
         Existing Loans, under this Agreement and (y) forty percent (40%) of the
         Existing Loans,  including applicable interest,  shall be repaid out of
         any amounts otherwise distributable to EAPC, before taking into account
         debt service on the Existing Loans, under this Agreement, and (ii) from
         and after  the  incurrence  of any  indebtedness  pursuant  to the last
         sentence of Section 3.5(b),  the Existing Loans,  including  applicable
         interest,  shall be repaid as follows:  (x) the SWPL Allocated Existing
         Loans,  including  applicable  interest,  shall  be  repaid  out of any
         amounts  otherwise  distributable  to SWPL,  before taking into account
         debt service on the Existing  Loans,  under this  Agreement and (y) the
         EAPC Allocated Existing Loans, including applicable interest,  shall be
         repaid  out of any  amounts  otherwise  distributable  to EAPC,  before
         taking into  account debt  service on the  Existing  Loans,  under this
         Agreement.  If such amounts  referred to in clause (i) of the preceding
         sentence are insufficient to pay a Partner's percentage share (i.e. 60%
         or 40% as set forth above) of the debt  service on the Existing  Loans,
         including  applicable  interest,  in accordance with their terms,  then
         such Partner shall be  responsible  to contribute to the capital of the
         Partnership amounts sufficient to pay its percentage share (i.e. 60% or
         40% as set forth  above) of the debt  service  on the  Existing  Loans,
         including  applicable  interest,  and shall do so upon  notice from the
         Project  Leader.  If such  amounts  referred  to in clause  (ii) of the
         preceding sentence are insufficient to pay the debt service on the SWPL
         Allocated  Existing Loans or the EAPC Allocated Existing Loans, in each
         case including applicable  interest,  in accordance with its respective
         terms,  then SWPL or EAPC, as the case may be, shall be  responsible to
         contribute to the capital of the Partnership  amounts sufficient to pay
         the debt  service  on the  SWPL  Allocated  Existing  Loans or the EAPC
         Allocated  Existing  Loans,  as  applicable,  including  in  each  case
         interest thereon,  and shall do so upon notice from the Project Leader.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either SWPL or EAPC obtains knowledge
         that it is responsible to contribute to the capital of the  Partnership
         pursuant to this Section  4.2(c),  then such Partner shall be obligated
         to make such  contribution  of capital to the  Partnership  on a timely
         basis  notwithstanding  the fact that the Project  Leader has not given
         notice to such Partner as contemplated hereby. Capital Contributions by
         the  Partners  pursuant  to this  Section  4.2(c)  shall  not alter the
         Partnership  Percentages  of the Partners.  Default by a Partner in the
         making  of such  Capital  Contributions  shall  cause it to be deemed a
         Delinquent Partner subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 hereof.

         6. Section 4.2(d) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

         (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.2(c) above or
         elsewhere in this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that the terms
         of any Existing Loans may in the future (but do not currently)  provide
         that the amortization of the principal amount thereof shall be borne or
         allocated  in a manner  different  from the  percentages  set  forth in

                                       4
<PAGE>

         Section  4.2(c) or any Partner  may direct the Project  Leader to apply
         amounts of  Partnership  cash otherwise  distributable  to such Partner
         (except  amounts  to be paid to other  Partners  pursuant  to the other
         provisions  of this  Agreement)  to the  repayment or prepayment of the
         principal  amount  of the  Existing  Loans  in  excess  of the  amounts
         required to be repaid under the terms of the Existing  Loans,  provided
         such  Partner  bears all costs and  penalties of doing so. In addition,
         either  Partner  may elect to redeem  from such  Partner's  own funds a
         portion of the Finance Notes  pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture.
         Consequently,  a  Partner  may  thereby  pay  or  bear  more  than  its
         attributable  percentage of the principal  amount of the Existing Loans
         to be repaid.  In such event,  the percentages of the then  outstanding
         principal amount of the Existing Loans payable out of the distributable
         amounts  attributable to the Partners set forth in Section 4.2(c) shall
         be adjusted as appropriate  to reflect the resulting  percentage of the
         aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Existing  Loans  then
         attributable to each Partner.

         7. Section 5.3 of the  Partnership  Agreement is hereby  amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

                  5.3.  Special  Interest  Expense.   The  Partnership  interest
         expense  deductions  incurred with regard to the Existing Loans and the
         Finance Notes as referenced in Section 4.2(c) shall be allocated to the
         Partners as follows:

                  (i) prior to the  incurrence of any  indebtedness  pursuant to
                  the last  sentence of Section  3.5(b),  60% to SWPL and 40% to
                  EAPC; and

                  (ii) following the incurrence of any indebtedness  pursuant to
                  the last sentence of Section 3.5(b), the Partnership  interest
                  expense deductions  incurred with regard to the SWPL Allocated
                  Existing Loans shall be allocated to SWPL and the  Partnership
                  interest expense  deductions  incurred with regard to the EAPC
                  Allocated Existing Loans shall be allocated to EAPC.

         In the event the  percentages of the outstanding  principal  amounts of
         the  Existing   Loans   payable  out  of  the   distributable   amounts
         attributable  to each Partner are adjusted  pursuant to Section 4.2(d),
         the foregoing percentages shall be subject to adjustment to reflect the
         same  percentages as the  percentages  established  pursuant to Section
         4.2(d).

         8. The Partnership  Agreement,  as amended hereby, shall remain in full
force and effect and is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.

         9. From and after the date hereof,  each  reference in the  Partnership
Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereof," or "hereunder" or words of like import,
and all  references  to the  Partnership  Agreement  in any and all  agreements,
instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and
nature  shall be deemed  to mean the  Partnership  Agreement,  as  modified  and
amended by this First Amendment.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         10. THE  PROVISIONS  OF THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED  AND  ENFORCED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARKANSAS
(EXCLUDING ANY  CONFLICTS-OF-LAW  RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER SAME TO THE
LAWS OF ANOTHER  JURISDICTION),  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SAME ARE  MANDATORILY
SUBJECT TO THE LAWS OF ANOTHER  JURISDICTION  PURSUANT TO THE LAWS OF SUCH OTHER
JURISDICTION.

         11. This First Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each
of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original  agreement,  and all of  which  shall
constitute  one  agreement,   by  each  of  the  parties  hereto  on  the  dates
respectively  indicated in the signatures of said parties,  notwithstanding that
all  of  the  parties  are  not  signatories  to the  original  or to  the  same
counterpart, to be effective as of the day and year hereinabove set forth.

                                       6
<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Partners have executed this First Amendment on
the date first set forth above.

                                       GENERAL PARTNERS:

                                       ENOGEX ARKANSAS PIPELINE CORPORATION


                                       By:                                     
                                       Name:    E. Keith Mitchell
                                       Title:   Vice President


                                       SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY PIPELINE COMPANY


                                       By:                                      
                                       Name:    Stanley D. Green
                                       Title:   Executive Vice President-Finance
                                                & Corporate Development


                                       LIMITED PARTNER:

                                       ENOGEX ARKANSAS PIPELINE CORPORATION


                                       By:                                     
                                       Name:    E. Keith Mitchell
                                       Title:   Vice President





                                       7


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS




     The  following   information   should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
information contained in the financial statements and the notes thereto included
in this report and with the discussion below on  "Forward-Looking  Information."
Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  prior  years'  financial
statements to conform with the 1998 presentation. These reclassifications had no
effect on previously reported net income.

Results of Operations
     The Company  reported a net loss of $30.6 million,  or $1.23 per share, for
1998.  The loss for 1998 reflects the impact of an after-tax,  non-cash  ceiling
test  write-down of the Company's oil and gas  properties of $40.5  million,  or
$1.63 per share,  recorded in the second quarter of 1998. Excluding the non-cash
charge,  the Company would have  recognized net income of $9.9 million,  or $.40
per share,  down from $18.7 million,  or $.76 per share,  in 1997. Net income in
1996 was $19.2 million, or $.78 per share. During 1998, earnings were negatively
impacted by both lower wellhead prices for oil and gas and by unseasonably  warm
weather.  The slight drop in 1997  earnings,  as  compared  to 1996,  was due to
increased  depreciation,  depletion and  amortization  expense (DD&A) and higher
interest costs which were partially  offset by improved natural gas prices and a
utility rate  increase.  Revenues and operating  income for the Company's  major
business segments are shown in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1998         1997         1996
                              ----------------------------------
                                          (in thousands)
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues
Exploration and production    $ 86,232     $100,129     $ 86,978
Gas distribution               134,711      154,155      142,730
Marketing                       97,175       82,807       29,969
Other                              620          704          667
Eliminations                   (52,433)     (61,606)     (57,004)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                              $266,305     $276,189     $203,340
================================================================

Operating Income
Exploration and production    $(47,273)<F1> $33,303      $34,184
Gas distribution                16,029       16,941       13,974
Marketing                        1,800        1,315         (549)
Other                              493          377          387
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                              $(28,951)     $51,936      $47,996
================================================================
<FN>
<F1> Includes a $66.4 million pre-tax write-down of oil and gas properties.

</FN>
</TABLE>

Exploration and Production
     The Company's exploration and production revenues decreased 14% in 1998 and
increased  15% in 1997.  The decrease in 1998 was due primarily to lower average
oil and gas prices.  The  increase in 1997 was due to higher  average gas prices
and an increase in the Company's oil production.
     Excluding the impact of the non-cash  write-down of oil and gas properties,
operating income of the exploration and production  segment was $19.1 million in
1998, down 43% from $33.3 million in 1997. Operating income was $34.2 million in
1996.  The  decrease  in 1998 was  primarily  due to lower  average  oil and gas
prices,  which were down 9% and 28%,  respectively,  from their  levels in 1997.
During 1997,  higher DD&A expense  offset the effect of improved gas pricing and
higher oil production resulting in the small decrease in operating income.
     Gas  production in 1998 totaled 32.7 billion cubic feet (Bcf),  compared to
33.4 Bcf in  1997.  Gas  production  was 34.8  Bcf in  1996.  The  decreases  in
production  were  the  result  of  lower  sales  from  the  Company's   Arkansas
properties,  which are largely affected by the demands of the Company's  utility
distribution  systems.  The decrease in sales to the Company's gas  distribution
systems in both 1998 and 1997 was  partially  offset by an  increase in sales to
unaffiliated purchasers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1998       1997       1996
                                ---------------------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Gas Production
Affiliated sales (Bcf)           11.3       14.3       16.3
Unaffiliated sales (Bcf)         21.4       19.1       18.5
- -----------------------------------------------------------
                                 32.7       33.4       34.8
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Average price per Mcf           $2.34      $2.57      $2.26
===========================================================

Oil Production
Unaffiliated sales (MBbls)        703        749        391
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Average price per Bbl          $13.60     $19.02     $21.21
===========================================================

</TABLE>

     Gas sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers  were 21.4 Bcf in 1998, up from 19.1
Bcf in 1997 and 18.5 Bcf in 1996.  The  increases  were  primarily the result of
drilling activity in New Mexico and producing  properties acquired in late 1996.
Sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers  are  primarily  made under  contracts  which
reflect  current  short-term  prices  and which are  subject to  seasonal  price
swings.
     Intersegment  sales to  Arkansas  Western Gas  Company  (AWG),  the utility
subsidiary which operates the Company's  northwest Arkansas utility system, were
7.7 Bcf in 1998,  8.6 Bcf in 1997,  and  10.1  Bcf in  1996.  Unseasonably  warm
weather  during 1998  decreased  AWG's demand for gas supply.  Colder weather in
early 1996, along with the resulting need for injections to

                                      17.
<PAGE>

replenish the utility's storage facilities,  caused higher demand for gas supply
by AWG that year. The Company's gas  production  provided  approximately  59% of
AWG's  requirements  in 1998, 64% in 1997, and 62% in 1996. Most of the sales to
AWG's  system  during  this period were  pursuant to an  intersegment  long-term
contract  entered  into in 1978 with SEECO Inc.  (SEECO)  which was  amended and
restated in 1994 as a result of the Gas Cost  Settlement,  discussed  more fully
below under  "Regulatory  Matters." The sales price under this contract averaged
$2.99 per thousand cubic feet (Mcf) through  November of 1998,  $3.46 per Mcf in
1997,  and $3.13 per Mcf in 1996.  This  contract  expired July 24, 1998 but was
continued on a month-to-month basis through November 1998.
     In March 1997, AWG filed a gas supply plan with the Arkansas Public Service
Commission (APSC) which projected system load growth patterns and long range gas
supply needs for the utility's  northwest  Arkansas system.  The gas supply plan
also addressed  replacement  supplies for AWG's  long-term  contract with SEECO.
After  discussions  with the APSC it was  determined  that the  majority  of the
utility's  future gas supply  needs  should be  provided  through a  competitive
bidding process.  On October 1, 1998, AWG sent requests for proposals to various
suppliers  requesting  bids on seven  different  packages  of gas  supply  to be
effective  December 1, 1998. These bid requests included  replacement of the gas
supply and  no-notice  service  previously  provided by the long-term gas supply
contract between AWG and SEECO. Eleven potential suppliers returned bids in late
October.
     SEECO along with the Company's  marketing  subsidiary  successfully  bid on
five of the seven  packages  with  prices  based on the NorAm  East Index plus a
demand charge.  The volumes of gas projected to be sold under these contracts in
their first year are  approximately  equal to the historical annual volumes sold
under the  expired  long-term  contract.  However,  the volumes to be sold under
these contracts are not fixed as they were under the expired contract. The total
premium  over the NorAm East Index  under these  contracts  is  estimated  to be
approximately  $1.0  million  lower (after tax) than the annual  premium  earned
under the expired  long-term  contract.  The  majority  of the  premium  will be
received  through  monthly demand  charges which will be received  regardless of
volumes  actually  delivered.  Other  sales  to AWG  are  made  under  long-term
contracts with flexible pricing provisions.
     The  Company's   intersegment  sales  to  Associated  Natural  Gas  Company
(Associated),  a  division  of AWG which  operates  the  Company's  natural  gas
distribution  systems in northeast Arkansas and parts of Missouri,  were 3.6 Bcf
in  1998,  5.7 Bcf in  1997,  and  6.2 Bcf in  1996.  Deliveries  to  Associated
decreased  in 1998 and 1997 due  primarily to  corresponding  changes in heating
weather.  Effective  October 1990,  SEECO entered into a ten-year  contract with
Associated  to  supply a portion  of its  system  requirements  at a price to be
redetermined  annually.  The sales price under this  contract was $1.785 per Mcf
for the contract  period ended  September  30, 1996,  and $2.225 per Mcf for the
contract  period ended  September 30, 1997.  For the contract  period  beginning
October 1, 1997, the contract was revised to redetermine the sales price monthly
based on an index  posting  plus a  reservation  fee.  The sales price under the
contract averaged $2.37 for 1998 compared to $2.51 for 1997.
     The overall  average  price  received at the wellhead for the Company's gas
production  was $2.34 per Mcf in 1998,  $2.57 per Mcf in 1997, and $2.26 per Mcf
in 1996. The changes in the average price received primarily reflects changes in
average annual spot market prices and an increase in the proportionate  share of
the  Company's  production  sold at  spot  market  prices  and  under  long-term
contracts with market-sensitive pricing.
     The Company  periodically  enters into hedging activities with respect to a
portion of its projected crude oil and natural gas production  through a variety
of  financial  arrangements  intended  to support oil and gas prices at targeted
levels  and to  minimize  the  impact of price  fluctuations  (see Note 8 of the
financial statements for additional discussion). The Company expects the average
price it  receives  for its total gas  production  to be  generally  higher than
average  spot market  prices due to the prices it receives  under the  contracts
covering its  intersegment  sales which are long-term and provide swing services
to the Company's  utility systems.  Future changes in revenues from sales of the
Company's gas production  will be dependent upon changes in the market price for
gas, access to new markets,  maintenance of existing  markets,  and additions of
new gas reserves.
     The  Company  expects  future  increases  in its  gas  production  to  come
primarily  from  sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers.  The  Company  is unable to
predict  changes  in the  market  demand and price for  natural  gas,  including
changes  which  may be  induced  by the  effects  of  weather  on demand of both
affiliated   and   unaffiliated   customers   for  the   Company's   production.
Additionally,  the Company holds a large amount of undeveloped leasehold acreage
and producing  acreage,  and has an inventory of drilling  leads,  prospects and
seismic data which will continue

                                      18.
<PAGE>

to be developed and evaluated in the future. The Company's  exploration programs
have historically been directed primarily toward natural gas.
     Oil  production  during 1998  totaled  703,000  barrels,  down from 749,000
barrels in 1997.  Oil  production  was 391,000  barrels in 1996. The increase in
1997 oil production  resulted from the Company's November 1, 1996 acquisition of
oil producing and gas properties.

Gas Distribution
     Gas distribution  revenues  fluctuate due to the pass-through of gas supply
cost  changes and due to the effects of  weather.  Because of the  corresponding
changes in purchased gas costs,  the revenue effect of the  pass-through  of gas
cost changes has not materially affected net income.
     Gas distribution  revenues  decreased 13% in 1998 and increased 8% in 1997.
The decrease in 1998 was due to the effects of weather which was 13% warmer than
normal and 16% warmer than the prior year. The increase in 1997 resulted from an
increase  in the  average  utility  rate  caused by higher gas prices and a rate
increase implemented in late 1996.
     Operating income for  Southwestern's  utility systems  decreased 5% in 1998
and increased 21% in 1997. The decrease in 1998 was due to the effects of warmer
weather,  partially offset by a $3.0 million rate increase  approved in December
1997 for the  Company's  northeast  Arkansas and  Missouri  systems and customer
growth.  The  increase  in 1997 was the  result of a $5.1  million  annual  rate
increase  implemented in late 1996 for the utility's  northwest  Arkansas system
and  customer  growth  which more than offset lower  deliveries  resulting  from
warmer weather.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1998       1997       1996
                                ---------------------------
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Gas Distribution Systems
Throughput (Bcf)
     Sales volumes               22.9       27.6       29.9
     Transportation volumes
         End-use                  8.8        6.6        5.5
         Off-system               1.1        2.8        3.6
- -----------------------------------------------------------
                                 32.8       37.0       39.0
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Average number of
     sales customers          174,642    172,200    168,568
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Heating weather
     Degree days                3,472      4,131      4,341
     Percent of normal             87%       103%       108%
Average sales rate per Mcf      $5.57      $5.36      $4.57
===========================================================

</TABLE>

     In 1998, AWG sold 15.1 Bcf to its customers at an average rate of $5.37 per
Mcf, compared to 17.4 Bcf at $5.34 per Mcf in 1997 and 18.8 Bcf at $4.40 per Mcf
in 1996. Additionally, AWG transported 6.0 Bcf in 1998, 5.0 Bcf in 1997, and 4.2
Bcf in 1996 for its end-use customers.  Associated sold 7.8 Bcf to its customers
in 1998 at an  average  rate of $5.95 per Mcf,  compared  to 10.2 Bcf in 1997 at
$5.39 per Mcf and 11.1 Bcf at $4.87 per Mcf in 1996. Associated  transported 2.8
Bcf for its end-use  customers in 1998,  compared to 1.6 Bcf in 1997 and 1.3 Bcf
in 1996. The decrease in the combined  volumes sold and transported in both 1998
and 1997 for the utility systems resulted from warmer weather,  partially offset
by customer growth.  The fluctuations in the average sales rates reflect changes
in the average cost of gas purchased  for delivery to the  Company's  customers,
which are passed through to customers under automatic  adjustment  clauses,  and
rate increases implemented in late 1996 and 1997.
     Total deliveries to industrial  customers of AWG and Associated,  including
transportation  volumes,  were  13.0 Bcf in 1998,  and 13.2 Bcf in both 1997 and
1996. AWG also  transported 1.1 Bcf of gas through its gathering  system in 1998
for off-system  deliveries,  all to the NOARK Pipeline System (NOARK  Pipeline),
compared to 2.8 Bcf in 1997 and 3.6 Bcf in 1996.  The  decreases  in  off-system
deliveries in 1998 and 1997 were due to the  on-system  demands of the Company's
gas distribution  systems and normal  production  declines in the area served by
the  utility's   gathering  system.  The  average   transportation   tariff  was
approximately  $.11 per  Mcf,  exclusive  of fuel,  in 1998 and $.16 in 1997 and
1996.
     Gas distribution revenues in future years will be impacted by both customer
growth and rate increases  allowed by regulatory  commissions.  In recent years,
AWG has experienced  customer growth of approximately  2% to 3% annually,  while
Associated has experienced customer growth of approximately 1% or less annually.
Based on current economic conditions in the Company's service  territories,  the
Company expects this trend in customer growth to continue. In December 1996, AWG
received  approval from the APSC for a rate  increase of $5.1 million  annually.
The Company  received  approvals in December 1997 from the APSC and the Missouri
Public  Service  Commission  (MPSC) for rate  increases and tariff changes which
allow the utility to collect an additional  $3.0 million  annually.  Of the $3.0
million total,  approximately $2.0 million is in the form of base rate increases
and $1.0 million is related to the  increased  cost of service of the  Company's
gathering

                                      19.
<PAGE>

plant which is recovered  through either the purchased gas adjustment  clause or
through direct charges to transportation customers.
     In its order  approving  the Missouri  changes,  the MPSC  further  ordered
Associated to modify its purchased gas adjustment  tariff to remove any specific
language   referencing  recovery  of  the  cost  of  service  of  its  gathering
facilities.  The MPSC order  provided  that  Associated  should  base  gathering
charges to its customers on competitive  market  conditions and that it would be
allowed  recovery from its sales and  transportation  customers of all prudently
incurred gathering costs without reference to its cost of service. The MPSC will
review  these  gathering  costs  annually  as  part  of  its  annual  review  of
Associated's  gas  costs.  Associated  believes  that the MPSC  lacks  statutory
authority to approve  charges which are not based on historical cost of service.
Associated  plans to appeal  this issue to the  courts  and  intends to bill its
ratepayers gas gathering  costs based on its cost of service until the matter is
resolved. If usage of the Company's gathering system to obtain system gas supply
or to source gas delivered to its industrial  customers  should  decrease,  then
recovery of these gathering  costs would decrease as well.  Gathering costs have
been recovered in this manner from Missouri  customers since  Associated's  1990
rate  case.  Prior  to the  1997  changes,  Associated's  gathering  costs  were
recovered from Arkansas customers through its base rates.
     Tariffs  implemented in Arkansas as a result of both the 1996 and 1997 rate
increases contain a weather normalization clause to lessen the impact of revenue
increases and decreases  which might result from weather  variations  during the
winter heating season.  Rate increase  requests which may be filed in the future
will depend on customer growth,  increases in operating expenses, and additional
investments in property, plant and equipment.

Marketing
     Operating income for the marketing  segment was $1.8 million on revenues of
$97.2 million in 1998,  compared to $1.3 million on revenues of $82.8 million in
1997,  and a loss of $.5  million on  revenues  of $30.0  million  in 1996.  The
Company  increased its marketing  activities when it formed a marketing group in
mid-1996 to better enable the Company to capture downstream  opportunities which
arise through marketing and transportation  activity.  The Company marketed 49.6
Bcf in 1998,  compared  to 36.2 Bcf in 1997  and 13.0 Bcf in 1996.  The  Company
enters into hedging  activities with respect to its gas marketing  activities to
provide margin protection (see Note 8 of the financial statements for additional
discussion).

NOARK Pipeline
     The  Company  has a 25%  interest  in the NOARK  Pipeline  System,  Limited
Partnership  (NOARK).  The NOARK  Pipeline was a 258-mile  long  intrastate  gas
transmission  system which extended  across  northern  Arkansas,  crossing three
major interstate pipelines and interconnecting  with the Company's  distribution
systems.  NOARK Pipeline had been operating below capacity and generating losses
since it was placed in service in September  1992.  The  Company's  share of the
pretax loss from operations  related to its NOARK investment was $3.1 million in
1998, $4.5 million in 1997, and $3.8 million in 1996. These amounts are included
in other income  (expense).  The  improvement  in the 1998 pretax loss primarily
reflects a lower interest rate on NOARK's debt which resulted from a refinancing
discussed below in "Liquidity and Capital Resources."
     In January  1998,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Enogex Inc.
(Enogex), a subsidiary of OGE Energy Corp., to expand NOARK Pipeline and provide
access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through an  integration  of NOARK Pipeline with
the Ozark Gas  Transmission  System  (Ozark).  Ozark was a  437-mile  interstate
pipeline  system  which  began in eastern  Oklahoma  and  terminated  in eastern
Arkansas.  On July 1, 1998,  the Federal  Energy  Regulatory  Commission  (FERC)
authorized  the  operation  and  integration  of Ozark and NOARK  Pipeline  as a
single,  integrated  pipeline.  The FERC order also  authorized  the purchase of
Ozark by a subsidiary of Enogex and the construction of integration  facilities.
Enogex  acquired  Ozark  and  contributed  the  pipeline  system  to  the  NOARK
partnership  and also  acquired  the  NOARK  partnership  interests  not held by
Southwestern.  Enogex  funded the  acquisition  of Ozark and the  expansion  and
integration with NOARK Pipeline which resulted in the Company's  interest in the
partnership decreasing to 25% with Enogex owning a 75% interest.  There are also
provisions  in  the  agreement  with  Enogex  which  allow  for  future  revenue
allocations to the Company above its 25% partnership interest if certain minimum
throughput  and  revenue  assumptions  are not met.  As a result of the  changes
discussed  above,  the Company  believes  that it will be able to  significantly
reduce  the losses it has  experienced  on the NOARK  project  and  expects  its
investment  in NOARK to be realized  over the life of the system.  See Note 7 of
the financial statements for additional discussion.

                                      20.
<PAGE>

     Ozark Pipeline,  the new integrated system,  became operational November 1,
1998, and includes 749 miles of pipeline with a total throughput capacity of 330
MMcfd.  Deliveries  are  currently  being  made by the  integrated  pipeline  to
portions of AWG's  distribution  system,  to  Associated,  and to the interstate
pipelines with which it  interconnects.  In 1998,  NOARKPipeline  had an average
daily  throughput of 27.3 million  cubic feet of gas per day (MMcfd)  before the
integration  with Ozark,  compared to average daily  throughput of 39.8 MMcfd in
1997, and 57.5 MMcfd in 1996.  After the  integration  in November  1998,  Ozark
Pipeline had an average daily  throughput of 184.6 MMcfd.  At December 31, 1998,
the Company's gas  distribution  subsidiary  had  transportation  contracts with
Ozark Pipeline for 82.3 MMcfd of firm capacity.  These contracts  expire in 2002
and 2003 and are renewable  annually  thereafter until terminated with 180 days'
notice.
     As further  explained in Note 11 of the financial  statements,  the Company
has severally  guaranteed 60% of NOARK's  currently  outstanding debt. This debt
financed a portion of the original cost to construct NOARK.

Regulatory Matters
     The December 1996 rate increase order issued by the APSC also provided that
AWG cause to be filed with the APSC an  independent  study of its procedures for
allocating costs between  regulated and non-regulated  operations,  its staffing
levels and executive compensation. The independent study was ordered by the APSC
to address  issues raised by the Office of the Attorney  General of the State of
Arkansas  (AG).  The study was delayed  until 1999.  Requests  for  proposals to
perform the study have been sent by the Company to independent consulting firms.
The study is expected to be completed in 1999.
     During 1994,  the Company  entered into a settlement  with the Staff of the
APSC and the AG to  resolve  a  dispute  concerning  the  Company's  pricing  of
intersegment  sales (the Gas Cost Settlement).  The issues involved the price of
gas  sold  under a  long-term  contract  between  AWG and  SEECO.  The Gas  Cost
Settlement,  which was effective July 1, 1994, increased the volumes which could
be sold by SEECO to AWG,  but made the sales price equal to a spot market  index
plus a  premium.  The  amended  contract  provided  that  volumes  equal  to the
historical  level of sales under the  contract be sold at the spot market  index
plus a  premium  of $.95 per Mcf,  while  incremental  sales  volumes  receive a
premium of $.50 per Mcf. As discussed  above in  "Exploration  and  Production,"
this  contract  expired  July 24, 1998 and was  replaced  through a  competitive
bidding  process  beginning  with December 1998 gas supply.  Gas to be delivered
under  bids  secured  by  the  Company  will  approximate  volumes  historically
delivered under the expired contract but at a lower premium.
     In December 1998, the Staff of the APSC filed a motion for issuance of show
cause order asking the APSC to require  Associated to demonstrate  that the cost
paid under three gas  purchase  and  transportation  contracts do not violate an
Arkansas  statute  which  requires gas  utilities to buy or furnish gas from the
lowest or most  advantageous  market.  All three of these  contracts are used to
supply gas to the  Associated  division.  If a utility  fails to comply with the
statute,  it is subject to  disallowance of the difference in the price paid and
the market price.  The APSC Staff alleges that  Associated has  overcharged  its
customers by  approximately  $3.1 million since  November  1993. The majority of
this amount relates to  Associated's  intersegment  gas purchase  contract.  The
Staff of the  Missouri  Public  Service  Commission  has,  on  three  occasions,
proposed  to  disallow a portion  of the costs  under  this  contract;  however,
Associated  successfully  defended this contract all three times before the MPSC
and the Missouri  courts.  The Company believes that Associated has not violated
Arkansas law and that Associated's  ultimate liability,  if any, will not have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  or results of
operations.
     AWG  also  purchases  gas from  unaffiliated  producers  under  take-or-pay
contracts.  The Company believes that it does not have a significant exposure to
liabilities resulting from these contracts and expects to be able to continue to
satisfactorily manage its exposure to take-or-pay liabilities.

Operating Costs and Expenses
     The Company's  operating costs and expenses,  exclusive of gas purchases by
the Company's utility and marketing segments and the non-cash  write-down of oil
and gas properties in 1998, increased by 1% in 1998 and by 16% in 1997. In 1998,
a 5% increase in operating and general expenses was largely offset by a decrease
in depreciation, depletion and amortization (DD&A) expense. The decrease in DD&A
expense  resulted  primarily  from a decline  in volumes  produced  and a second
quarter write-down of oil and gas properties which lowered the net cost basis of
that  segment's  depreciable  assets  and  the  amortization  rate  per  unit of
production. The increase in 1997 was due primarily to increases in operating and
general expenses and DD&A expense, primarily related to the Company's

                                      21.
<PAGE>

exploration and production  segment.  During 1997,  production  costs associated
with certain oil properties acquired in November 1996 accounted for most of this
increase  in  operating  expense.  The  increase  in DD&A  expense  for 1997 was
primarily due to an increase in the amortization  rate per unit of production in
the  exploration and production  segment.  General and  administrative  expenses
increased  in 1998 and 1997 due to  inflationary  increases in payroll and other
costs.  Additionally,  in 1998 general and administrative costs increased due to
severance  related  costs and other  costs  associated  with the  closing of the
Company's Oklahoma City exploration and production office.
     The Company follows the full cost method of accounting for the exploration,
development, and acquisition of oil and gas properties. DD&A is calculated using
the units-of-production  method. The Company's annual gas and oil production, as
well as the  amount  of  proved  reserves  owned by the  Company  and the  costs
associated  with adding those reserves,  are all components of the  amortization
calculation.  The DD&A rate in 1998 averaged  $1.04 per Mcfe,  compared to $1.06
per  Mcfe in 1997  and $.95 per  Mcfe in  1996.  The  overall  increases  in the
Company's  amortization rate since 1996 are caused by increases in the Company's
average finding costs. The amortization  rate declined  mid-year 1998 due to the
write-down  of the  Company's  oil and gas  properties  to the full cost ceiling
limitation.  The average rate for the last six months of 1998 was $.96 per Mcfe.
The Company's full cost ceiling is evaluated at the end of each quarter.  Market
prices,  production  rates,  levels of  reserves,  and the  evaluation  of costs
excluded  from  amortization  all  influence  the  calculation  of the full cost
ceiling.  A decline in oil and gas prices  from  year-end  1998  levels or other
factors,  without  other  mitigating  circumstances,  could cause an  additional
write-down of capitalized costs and a noncash charge against future earnings.
     Gas purchased for resale by the Company's  marketing  segment  increased to
$73.2  million in 1998,  compared to $63.1  million in 1997 and $14.1 million in
1996,  due to an increase in volumes  marketed.  The decrease in  purchased  gas
costs for the  Company's gas  distribution  segment in 1998 was primarily due to
lower volumes required by the utility's customers. The increase in purchased gas
costs for this  segment in 1997 was due  primarily to higher per unit gas costs.
Purchased gas costs for the gas distribution segment are influenced primarily by
changes in requirements for gas sales,  the price and mix of gas purchased,  and
the timing of recoveries of deferred purchased gas costs.
     Inflation  impacts the Company by generally  increasing its operating costs
and the  costs  of its  capital  additions.  The  effects  of  inflation  on the
Company's  operations  in recent  years have been  minimal due to low  inflation
rates.  However,  during  1997 and  continuing  into the first  half of 1998 the
impact of inflation  intensified  in certain areas of the Company's  exploration
and production  operations as shortages in drilling  rigs,  third party services
and qualified labor  increased.  With the general decline in oil and gas prices,
this  impact has  decreased  in the second half of 1998 and is  continuing  into
1999. Increased competition in south Louisiana also had the impact of increasing
3-D seismic  and land costs in the area.  Additionally,  delays  inherent in the
rate-making  process  prevent the Company from obtaining  immediate  recovery of
increased operating costs of its gas distribution segment.

Other Costs and Expenses
     Interest costs, net of capitalization,  were up 5% in 1998 and 26% in 1997,
both as compared to prior years.  The increase in 1998 was  primarily due to the
lower  level  of  capitalized  interest  related  to the  Company's  oil and gas
properties.  The increase in 1997 was due to an increase in long-term  debt. The
changes  in  long-term  debt are  discussed  below  in  "Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources." Interest capitalized decreased 13% in 1998 and increased 8% in 1997.
The changes in capitalized interest are due primarily to the change in the level
of costs excluded from amortization in the exploration and production segment.
     The changes in other income in 1998,  1997, and 1996,  relate  primarily to
changes  in the  Company's  share of  operating  losses  incurred  by NOARK,  as
discussed above. Additionally, in 1998 the Company accrued certain costs related
to a judgment  bond that the Company was  required  to post after  receiving  an
adverse verdict in October 1998. See footnote 11, Contingencies and Commitments,
of the Company's financial statements and Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings,  of
the  Company's  1998 Form 10-K for  additional  information  regarding the class
action lawsuit.
     The previously discussed second quarter write-down of the Company's oil and
gas properties  resulted in a deferred tax benefit of $25.9  million.  Excluding
the  impact  of this  change  in  deferred  income  taxes,  the  changes  in the
provisions for current and deferred income taxes recorded,  as compared to 1997,
resulted  primarily  from  the  level  of  taxable  income,  the  collection  of
under-recovered purchased gas costs, and the

                                      22.
<PAGE>

deduction of  intangible  drilling  costs in the year incurred for tax purposes,
netted  against the  turnaround of intangible  drilling  costs  deducted for tax
purposes in prior years. Intangible drilling costs are capitalized and amortized
over future years for financial reporting purposes under the full cost method of
accounting.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
     The Company continues to depend  principally on internally  generated funds
as its major source of liquidity. However, the Company has sufficient ability to
borrow  additional  funds to meet its  short-term  seasonal  needs for cash,  to
finance a portion of its routine  spending,  if  necessary,  or to finance other
extraordinary  investment  opportunities  which might arise. In 1998,  1997, and
1996, net cash provided from operating  activities totaled $93.7 million,  $79.5
million,  and  $71.8  million,  respectively.  The  primary  components  of cash
generated  from   operations  are  net  income,   depreciation,   depletion  and
amortization,  the  write-down of oil and gas  properties  and the provision for
deferred income taxes. Net cash from operating  activities  provided 125% of the
Company's capital requirements for routine capital expenditures, cash dividends,
and scheduled debt retirements in 1998 and 79% in both 1997 and 1996.

Capital Expenditures
     Capital  expenditures totaled $64.4 million in 1998, $88.8 million in 1997,
and $124.9 million in 1996.  The Company's  exploration  and production  segment
expenditures  included acquisitions of oil and gas producing properties totaling
$45.8 million in 1996. The Company made no producing  property  acquisitions  in
1998 or 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1998       1997       1996
                               -----------------------------
                                        (in thousands)
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>
Capital Expenditures
Exploration and production     $52,376    $73,526   $110,352
Gas distribution                10,108     12,561     12,752
Other                            1,875      2,734      1,809
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                               $64,359    $88,821   $124,913
============================================================

</TABLE>

     Capital  expenditures  planned for 1999 total $65.7 million,  consisting of
$56.6 million for exploration and production,  $8.1 million for gas distribution
system expenditures, and $1.0 million for general purposes.
     The  Company  generally  intends  to adjust  its level of  routine  capital
expenditures  depending on the expected  level of internally  generated cash and
the level of debt in its capital  structure.  The Company expects that its level
of capital  expenditures  will be adequate to allow the Company to maintain  its
present markets, explore and develop its existing gas and oil properties as well
as generate new drilling prospects,  and finance  improvements  necessary due to
normal customer growth in its gas distribution segment.

Financing Requirements
     At  year-end  1998,  Southwestern's  total  debt was $283.4  million.  This
compares  to  year-end  1997  total  debt of $299.5  million.  Revolving  credit
facilities  with two  banks  provide  the  Company  access to $80.0  million  of
variable  rate capital.  Borrowings  outstanding  under these credit  facilities
totaled $34.9 million at the end of 1998 and $46.4 million at the end of 1997.
     In May 1997, the Company issued $60.0 million of 7.625%  Medium-Term  Notes
due 2027.  The notes may be repaid  prior to  maturity  on May 1,  2009,  at the
noteholder's  option.  In October  1997,  the Company  issued  $40.0  million of
Medium-Term  Notes  due  2017 at a  weighted  average  interest  rate of  7.21%.
Proceeds from the issuance of these notes were used to repay certain  borrowings
under the Company's revolving credit facilities.  All of these notes were issued
under a supplement to the Company's $250.0 million shelf registration  statement
filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission in February  1997,  for the
issuance of up to $125.0  million of  Medium-Term  Notes.  The Company has $25.0
million  of  capacity  remaining  under the  shelf  registration  statement.  At
December 31, 1998,  the  Company's  public notes were rated BBB+ by Standard and
Poor's and Baa2 by Moody's.
     In  connection  with the Enogex  transaction  discussed  above under "NOARK
Pipeline", the Company and a previous general partner converted certain of their
loans  to the  NOARK  partnership,  plus  accrued  interest,  into  equity,  and
contributed  approximately  $10.7  million  to the  partnership  to  fund  costs
incurred in  connection  with the  prepayment  of NOARK's  9.74% Senior  Secured
notes.  The  Company's  share of the  contribution  was $6.5  million and is the
primary  reason for the increase in  investments  during 1998. In June 1998, the
NOARK  partnership  issued $80.0 million of 7.15% Notes due 2018.  Proceeds from
the issue of the notes were used to repay the Senior  Secured  Notes and amounts
borrowed  under the  partnership's  bank  revolving  line of  credit.  The notes
require  semi-annual  principal payments of $1.0 million which began in December
1998.  The  Company  and the  other  general  partner  of NOARK  have  severally
guaranteed the principal and interest payments on the NOARK debt. The Company's

                                      23.
<PAGE>

share of the several  guarantee  is 60%.  The Company  advanced  $2.2 million to
NOARK to fund its  share of debt  service  payments  in 1998 and  advanced  $5.0
million in 1997.  The Company  expects to advance  approximately  $.5 million to
NOARK during 1999 in connection with its guarantees.
     Under its existing  debt  agreements,  the Company may not issue  long-term
debt in excess  of 65% of its total  capital  and may not  issue  total  debt in
excess of 70% of its total  capital.  To issue  additional  long-term  debt, the
Company must also have, after giving effect to the debt to be issued, a ratio of
earnings  to fixed  charges  of at least  1.5 or  higher  (for any  period of 12
consecutive  months within the  preceeding 24 months).  At the end of 1998,  the
capital  structure  consisted of 60.3% debt  (excluding  the current  portion of
long-term debt and the Company's several  guarantee of NOARK's  obligations) and
39.7%  equity,  with a ratio of earnings to fixed  charges of 1.6. Over the long
term, the Company expects to lower the debt portion of its capital  structure by
limiting its routine capital spending.

Working Capital
     The Company  maintains access to funds which may be needed to meet seasonal
requirements  through the revolving lines of credit explained above. The Company
had net working  capital of $17.5 million at the end of 1998,  compared to $39.0
million at the end of 1997.  Current assets decreased by 18% to $72.3 million in
1998, while current liabilities  increased 12% to $54.8 million. The decrease in
current  assets at December 31, 1998, was due primarily to decreases in accounts
receivable  and  under-recovered  purchased gas costs.  The decrease in accounts
receivable  was due primarily to lower  weather-related  sales and lower oil and
gas prices at year-end 1998. The decrease in under-recovered purchased gas costs
relates to the  collection  of higher cost  natural gas  purchased  during 1997.
Purchased  gas costs are  recovered  from the  Company's  utility  customers  in
subsequent months through  automatic cost of gas adjustment  clauses included in
the  utility's  filed  rate  tariffs.  At  December  31,  1998 the  Company  had
over-recovered  gas costs of $1.5 million  recorded in current  liabilities.  An
increase  in accounts  payable,  due to the timing of  invoices  received,  also
contributed to the increase in current liabilities.


Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure
State of Readiness
     The Company is working diligently to be prepared for the year 2000. In late
1996,  the Company  began an initial  review of its  processing  systems and the
ability of those  systems  to process  year 2000  data.  The  primary  financial
information  systems of the Company that are  supported  by outside  vendors are
designed to  accommodate  the century  date or have been  upgraded and tested in
1998 to a year 2000  compliant  version at no  additional  cost to the  Company.
Other  information  systems  supported  internally  by the  Company  are  either
scheduled for replacement at which time they will become year 2000 compliant, or
have been modified to support year 2000 processing. Scheduled implementation and
final testing of these systems  should be completed no later than mid-year 1999.
The total costs  associated with the  modification of these systems are expected
to be  approximately  $.8  million.  Of this amount,  approximately  $.5 million
relates to planned  improvements that were not directly related to the year 2000
problem.
     The  Company  has  also   identified   internal   processes  and  areas  of
non-information  technology  (e.g.  equipment with embedded  chips) that require
modification  to process  year 2000 data or that  require  further  verification
testing. During 1998, the Company substantially replaced the operating system of
its personal computers to the NT version of Windows,  which also resulted in the
replacement of noncompliant personal computers and related software that was not
already year 2000 compliant.  This rollout of NT was a scheduled replacement not
directly  related  to the  year  2000  problem.  It was  completed  at a cost of
approximately $.5 million.  Assessments were also taken in other non-information
technology  areas  related to electronic  meter  reading and field  measurement.
Replacement of electronic meter reading  equipment was done in 1998 at a cost of
approximately $.2 million.  Necessary  replacements related to field measurement
and  monitoring/regulation  equipment have been done with some testing remaining
to be completed after the 1998-1999  winter heating season.  The Company expects
to have this  equipment  year 2000  compliant by June 30, 1999,  at an estimated
cost of less than $.1 million.

                                      24.
<PAGE>

Costs
     The costs to purchase,  replace, and modify the Company's systems have been
shown above under each category. Additional costs may be incurred by the Company
related to testing,  due diligence,  and  implementation  of contingency  plans.
These  costs,  while  unknown at this time,  are not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's financial condition or its results of operations.

Risks
     The highest  risk area for the  Company  related to the year 2000 issues is
noncompliance by third parties.  At this time, the most reasonably  likely worst
case scenario would be year 2000 noncompliance by third parties that comprised a
significant  level of business  conducted  with the Company.  Depending upon the
level of noncompliance,  the Company could be adversely  impacted by such things
as late or incorrect  revenue receipts or expense  disbursements,  communication
problems,  or scheduling or delivery problems related to the  transportation and
distribution  of natural  gas.  The  Company  is  addressing  this risk  through
communication  with industry  partners,  suppliers,  financial  institutions and
others. The major risk areas associated with third party noncompliance have been
identified,  and  the  third  parties  within  these  areas  have  been  further
risk-weighted  based upon the Company's level of business reliance.  These third
parties are being  contacted  and the  Company is in the  process of  evaluating
responses and  corresponding  with those parties that have not responded or that
have responded inadequately.

Contingency Plans
     The Company will develop contingency plans that it deems necessary based on
its  evaluations  of third party  readiness.  The Company began its  contingency
planning  process in March  1999.  It is  anticipated  that not all third  party
information will be available by March; therefore, the contingency plans will be
updated as additional  information  is being  received from third  parties.  The
Company anticipates completion of its initial contingency plans by mid-year 1999
with revisions to follow as  information is received.  Based upon its assessment
of third party  assurances  at this time,  the Company does not  anticipate  any
material  disruptions in its business activities as a result of third party year
2000 noncompliance, although it cannot be certain that such disruptions will not
occur.  If such  disruptions  do occur,  the  materiality of their impact on the
Company's  financial  condition  and  results of  operations  will depend on the
extent and duration of the disruptions  and the nature of any legal  proceedings
resulting from the disruptions.

     The information contained in this disclosure is covered under the Year 2000
Information Readiness Disclosure Act.

Forward-Looking Information
     All statements,  other than historical financial  information,  included in
this  discussion  and analysis of financial  condition and results of operations
may be deemed to be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Although the Company believes the expectations
expressed  in  such   forward-looking   statements   are  based  on   reasonable
assumptions, such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual
results or developments may differ materially from those in the  forward-looking
statements.  Important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially from those in the forward-looking  statements herein include, but are
not limited to, the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices for gas and
oil, the timing and extent of the Company's success in discovering,  developing,
producing, and estimating reserves, the effects of weather and regulation on the
Company's gas distribution segment,  increased  competition,  legal and economic
factors, changing market conditions,  the comparative cost of alternative fuels,
conditions in capital markets and changes in interest rates, availability of oil
field  services,  drilling rigs, and other  equipment,  as well as various other
factors beyond the Company's control.

                                      25.
<PAGE>

Reports of Management and
Independent Public Accountants





Report of Management

     Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  integrity  of  the
Company's financial  statements.  The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently applied,
and  necessarily  include  some  amounts  that are  based on  management's  best
estimates and judgment.
     The Company  maintains a system of internal  accounting and  administrative
controls  and an ongoing  program of internal  audits that  management  believes
provide  reasonable  assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions
are   properly   recorded   and  executed  in   accordance   with   management's
authorization.  The  Company's  financial  statements  have been  audited by its
independent auditors, Arthur Andersen LLP. In accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards, the independent auditors obtained a sufficient understanding
of the Company's internal controls to plan their audit and determine the nature,
timing, and extent of other tests to be performed.
     The Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors,  composed solely of outside
directors, meets with management,  internal auditors, and Arthur Andersen LLP to
review  planned audit scopes and results and to discuss other matters  affecting
internal accounting controls and financial  reporting.  The independent auditors
have direct access to the Audit Committee and periodically  meet with it without
management representatives present.




Report of Independent Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Southwestern Energy Company:

     We have audited the  consolidated  balance  sheets of  SOUTHWESTERN  ENERGY
COMPANY (an Arkansas  corporation)  AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, and the related consolidated  statements of income, retained earnings, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December  31, 1998.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.
     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Southwestern Energy Company
and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  and the  results of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Tulsa, Oklahoma
February 3, 1999

                                      26.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Statements of Income
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries


For the Years Ended December 31,                                           1998              1997               1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>                <C>         
Operating Revenues
Gas sales                                                             $ 172,790         $ 190,298          $ 174,738
Gas marketing                                                            76,367            65,435             14,153
Oil sales                                                                 9,557            14,258              8,294
Gas transportation and other                                              7,591             6,198              6,155
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        266,305           276,189            203,340
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Gas purchases - utility                                                  39,863            46,806             42,851
Gas purchases - marketing                                                73,235            63,054             14,114
Operating and general                                                    61,915            59,167             50,509
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                 46,917            48,208             42,394
Write-down of oil and gas properties                                     66,383                 -                  -
Taxes, other than income taxes                                            6,943             7,018              5,476
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        295,256           224,253            155,344
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income (Loss)                                                 (28,951)           51,936             47,996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Expense
Interest on long-term debt                                               19,600            19,818             15,982
Other interest charges                                                    1,470             1,083              1,204
Interest capitalized                                                     (3,884)           (4,487)            (4,142)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         17,186            16,414             13,044
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Income (Expense)                                                   (3,956)           (5,017)            (4,015)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes               (50,093)           30,505             30,937
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
Current                                                                  (6,029)             (732)            (5,569)
Deferred                                                                (13,467)           12,522             17,320
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (19,496)           11,790             11,751
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                                                    $  (30,597)       $   18,715         $   19,186
====================================================================================================================

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share                                         $ (1.23)            $ .76              $ .78
====================================================================================================================
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding                           24,882,170        24,738,882         24,705,256
====================================================================================================================

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share                                       $ (1.23)            $ .76              $ .77
====================================================================================================================
Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding                   24,882,170        24,777,906         24,788,587
====================================================================================================================















The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                      27.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Balance Sheets
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries


December 31,                                                                                 1998               1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                   <C>                 <C>              
Assets
Current Assets
Cash                                                                                  $     1,622         $    4,603
Accounts receivable                                                                        40,655             45,752
Income taxes receivable                                                                     2,008              3,074
Inventories, at average cost                                                               22,812             20,465
Under-recovered purchased gas costs                                                             -              9,428
Other                                                                                       5,174              4,633
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total current assets                                                                  72,271             87,955
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investments                                                                                14,015              7,039
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at cost
Gas and oil properties, using the full cost method, including $53,110,000
     in 1998 and $69,304,000 in 1997 excluded from amortization                           758,863            708,094
Gas distribution systems                                                                  217,741            212,779
Gas in underground storage                                                                 24,279             23,748
Other                                                                                      27,582             25,319
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        1,028,465            969,940
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization                                478,790            366,638
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          549,675            603,302
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Assets                                                                               11,659             12,570
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      $   647,620         $  710,866
====================================================================================================================

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current Liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt                                                     $     1,536         $    3,071
Accounts payable                                                                           37,780             29,903
Taxes payable                                                                               3,408              3,893
Interest payable                                                                            2,471              2,569
Customer deposits                                                                           5,635              5,307
Other                                                                                       3,956              4,246
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total current liabilities                                                            54,786             48,989
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt, less current portion above                                                281,900            296,472
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Liabilities
Deferred income taxes                                                                     121,413            139,256
Other                                                                                       3,665              4,584
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          125,078            143,840
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and Contingencies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock, $.10 par value; authorized 75,000,000 shares,
     issued 27,738,084 shares                                                               2,774              2,774
Additional paid-in capital                                                                 21,249             21,475
Retained earnings, per accompanying statements                                            194,102            230,669
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          218,125            254,918
Less: Common stock in treasury, at cost, 2,803,527 shares in 1998 and
          2,904,519 shares in 1997                                                         31,248             32,357
      Unamortized cost of restricted shares issued under stock incentive
          plan, 133,172 shares in 1998 and 90,375 shares in 1997                            1,021                996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          185,856            221,565
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      $   647,620         $  710,866
====================================================================================================================
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                      28.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Statements of Cash Flows
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries


For the Years Ended December 31,                                           1998              1997               1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>                <C>             
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net income (loss)                                                    $  (30,597)       $   18,715         $   19,186
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation, depletion and amortization                        48,267            49,271             43,373
         Write-down of oil and gas properties                            66,383                 -                  -
         Deferred income taxes                                          (13,467)           12,522             17,320
         Equity in loss of partnership                                    3,087             4,523              3,778
         Change in assets and liabilities:
              (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                  5,097            (5,824)            (4,387)
              Decrease in income taxes receivable                         1,066             3,549              1,598
              (Increase) decrease in under-recovered
                 purchased gas costs                                     10,931            (6,398)           (10,357)
              Increase in inventories                                    (2,347)           (2,894)            (2,123)
              Increase in accounts payable                                7,877             4,259              1,655
              Net change in other current assets and liabilities         (2,589)            1,760              1,787
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                93,708            79,483             71,830
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Capital expenditures                                                    (64,359)          (88,821)          (124,913)
Investment in partnership                                               (10,062)           (4,962)            (1,266)
(Increase) decrease in gas stored underground                              (531)            1,888             (2,190)
Other items                                                                 340             1,048             (4,190)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                   (74,612)          (90,847)          (132,559)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Net increase (decrease) in revolving long-term debt                     (11,500)          (50,100)            73,600
Payments on other long-term debt                                         (4,607)          (28,643)            (6,143)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                      -            98,348                  -
Dividends paid                                                           (5,970)           (5,935)            (5,929)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                        (22,077)           13,670             61,528
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash                                              (2,981)            2,306                799
Cash at beginning of year                                                 4,603             2,297              1,498
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash at end of year                                                  $    1,622        $    4,603         $    2,297
====================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Statements of Retained Earnings
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries


For the Years Ended December 31,                                           1998              1997               1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>                <C>     
Retained Earnings, beginning of year                                  $ 230,669         $ 217,889          $ 204,632
Net income (loss)                                                       (30,597)           18,715             19,186
Cash dividends declared ($.24 per share)                                 (5,970)           (5,935)            (5,929)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Retained Earnings, end of year                                        $ 194,102         $ 230,669          $ 217,889
====================================================================================================================




The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                      29.
<PAGE>

Notes to Financial Statements
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996



(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations and Consolidation
     Southwestern Energy Company  (Southwestern or the Company) is an integrated
energy  company  primarily  focused on natural  gas.  Through  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  the Company is engaged in oil and gas exploration and production,
natural gas gathering, transmission and marketing, and natural gas distribution.
Southwestern's   exploration  and  production  activities  are  concentrated  in
Arkansas, New Mexico, Texas, Oklahoma,  Louisiana, and the Gulf Coast (primarily
onshore).  The gas distribution  segment operates in northern Arkansas and parts
of  Missouri,  and obtains  approximately  60% of its gas supply from one of the
Company's  exploration  and  production  subsidiaries.  The customers of the gas
distribution segment consist of residential, commercial, and industrial users of
natural  gas.   Southwestern's   marketing   and   transportation   business  is
concentrated in its core areas of operations.
     The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Southwestern
Energy Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Southwestern Energy Production
Company, SEECO, Inc., Arkansas Western Gas Company, Southwestern Energy Services
Company,  Diamond "M" Production Company,  Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company,
A.W.  Realty Company and Arkansas  Western  Pipeline  Company.  All  significant
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.  The  Company
accounts  for its general  partnership  interest in the NOARK  Pipeline  System,
Limited Partnership (NOARK) using the equity method of accounting. In accordance
with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 71, "Accounting for
the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation,"  the Company  recognizes  profit on
intercompany  sales of gas  delivered  to  storage  by its  utility  subsidiary.
Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  prior  years'  financial
statements to conform with the 1998 presentation.
     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets and  liabilities,  if any, at the date of the
financial  statements,  and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Property, Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization
     Gas and Oil  Properties  - The  Company  follows  the full  cost  method of
accounting  for the  exploration,  development,  and  acquisition of gas and oil
reserves.  Under this  method,  all such costs  (productive  and  nonproductive)
including salaries,  benefits, and other internal costs directly attributable to
these  activities are  capitalized  and amortized on an aggregate basis over the
estimated  lives of the properties  using the  units-of-production  method.  The
Company   excludes  all  costs  of   unevaluated   properties   from   immediate
amortization.  The Company's  unamortized  costs of oil and gas  properties  are
limited to the sum of the future net revenues attributable to proved oil and gas
reserves discounted at 10 percent plus the cost of any unproved  properties.  If
the Company's  unamortized  costs in oil and gas properties  exceed this ceiling
amount, a provision for additional  depreciation,  depletion and amortization is
required.  At June 30, 1998,  the Company  recognized a $40.5  million  non-cash
charge to earnings by recording a write-down  of its oil and gas  properties  of
$66.4 million and a related reduction in the provision for deferred income taxes
of $25.9 million.  At December 31, 1998,  1997, and 1996, the Company's net book
value of oil and gas  properties  did not exceed  the  ceiling  amounts.  Market
prices,  production  rates,  levels of  reserves,  and the  evaluation  of costs
excluded  from  amortization  all  influence  the  calculation  of the full cost
ceiling.  A decline in oil and gas prices  from  year-end  1998  levels or other
factors,  without  other  mitigating  circumstances,  could cause an  additional
future write-down of capitalized costs and a noncash charge to earnings.

                                      30.
<PAGE>

     Gas  Distribution  Systems - Costs  applicable to construction  activities,
including overhead items, are capitalized.  Depreciation and amortization of the
gas distribution system is provided using the straight-line  method with average
annual rates for plant  functions  ranging from 2.2% to 5.7%. Gas in underground
storage is stated at average cost.
     Other property,  plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line
method over estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 40 years.
     The  Company  charges  to  maintenance  or  operations  the cost of  labor,
materials,  and other expenses incurred in maintaining the operating  efficiency
of  its  properties.  Betterments  are  added  to  property  accounts  at  cost.
Retirements are credited to property, plant and equipment at cost and charged to
accumulated  depreciation,  depletion  and  amortization  with  no  gain or loss
recognized, except for abnormal retirements.
     Capitalized  Interest - Interest is  capitalized on the cost of unevaluated
gas  and  oil  properties   excluded  from  amortization.   In  accordance  with
established  utility  regulatory  practice,  an allowance  for funds used during
construction  of major projects is capitalized  and amortized over the estimated
lives of the related facilities.

Gas Distribution Revenues and Receivables
     Customer  receivables  arise from the sale or  transportation of gas by the
Company's gas distribution subsidiary.  The Company's gas distribution customers
represent a diversified base of residential,  commercial,  and industrial users.
Approximately  110,000 of these  customers are served in northwest  Arkansas and
approximately 69,000 are served in northeast Arkansas and Missouri.
     The Company records gas  distribution  revenues on an accrual basis, as gas
volumes are used, to provide a proper matching of revenues with expenses.
     The gas  distribution  subsidiary's  rate schedules  include  purchased gas
adjustment  clauses  whereby the actual cost of purchased gas above or below the
level  included in the base rates is permitted to be billed or is required to be
credited to  customers.  Each month,  the  difference  between  actual  costs of
purchased gas and gas costs  recovered from customers is deferred.  The deferred
differences are billed or credited,  as appropriate,  to customers in subsequent
months.  Rate  schedules for the Company's  Arkansas  systems  include a weather
normalization  clause to lessen the impact of revenue  increases  and  decreases
which might result from weather variations during the winter heating season. The
pass-through  of gas costs to customers  is not  affected by this  normalization
clause.

Gas Production Imbalances
     The  exploration  and  production  subsidiaries  record gas sales using the
entitlement  method. The entitlement method requires revenue  recognition of the
Company's  revenue interest share of gas production from properties in which gas
sales are  disproportionately  allocated to owners because of marketing or other
contractual  arrangements.  The Company's net imbalance position at December 31,
1998 and 1997 was not significant.

Income Taxes
     Deferred  income taxes are  provided to recognize  the income tax effect of
reporting  certain  transactions in different years for income tax and financial
reporting purposes.

Risk Management
     The Company has limited involvement with derivative  financial  instruments
and does not use them for  trading  purposes.  They are used to  manage  defined
commodity price risks. The Company uses commodity swap agreements and options to
hedge  sales of natural  gas and crude  oil.  Gains and  losses  resulting  from
hedging  activities are recognized when the related  physical  transactions  are
recognized.  Gains or losses from commodity swap  agreements and options that do
not qualify for accounting treatment as hedges are recognized currently as other
income  or  expense.  See Note 8 for a  discussion  of the  Company's  commodity
hedging activity.

Earnings Per Share and Shareholders' Equity
     The Company applies SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share".  Basic earnings per
common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted  average  number
of common shares  outstanding  during each year. The diluted  earnings per share
calculation adds to the weighted average number of common shares outstanding the
incremental

                                      31.
<PAGE>

shares that would have been outstanding assuming the exercise of  dilutive stock
options.  Due to the  Company's net  loss for 1998 any  incremental shares would
have an anti-dilutive effect and were, therefore, not considered.
     During 1998 and 1997,  the  Company  issued  105,488  and 117,740  treasury
shares,  respectively,  under a  compensatory  plan  and for  stock  awards  and
returned to treasury 4,496 and 3,059 shares, respectively, canceled from earlier
issues under the compensatory  plan. The net effect of these  transactions was a
$1.1 million  decrease in 1998 and a $1.2  million  decrease in 1997 in treasury
stock.

Comprehensive Income
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income",  establishing  standards  for  reporting and
displaying   comprehensive   income  (loss)  and  its  components  in  financial
statements. SFAS No. 130 defines comprehensive income as the total of net income
and all other nonowner changes in equity. The Company had no nonowner changes in
equity  other than net income or loss during the years ended  December  31, 1998
and 1997.

(2) Long-Term Debt

     Long-term debt as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      1998            1997
                                                                                                 -------------------------
                                                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>             
Senior Notes
8.86% Series due in annual installments through 1999                                             $   1,536       $   6,143
9.36% Series due in annual installments of $2.0 million beginning 2001                              22,000          22,000
6.70% Series due 2005                                                                              125,000         125,000
7.625% Series due 2027, putable at the holders option in 2009                                       60,000          60,000
7.21% Series due 2017                                                                               40,000          40,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   248,536         253,143
Other
Variable rate (5.42% at December 31, 1998) unsecured revolving credit arrangements                  34,900          46,400
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt                                                                               283,436         299,543
Less: Current portion of long-term debt                                                              1,536           3,071
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 $ 281,900       $ 296,472
==========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The Company has several  prepayment  options  under the terms of certain of
its Senior  Notes.  Prepayments  made  without  premium  are  subject to certain
limitations.  Other prepayment  options involve the payment of premiums based in
some instances on market interest rates at the time of prepayment.
     Variable rate credit facilities provide the Company access to $80.0 million
of  revolving  credit.  Borrowings  outstanding  under these  credit  facilities
totaled  $34.9  million at December 31,  1998,  all of which was  classified  as
long-term  debt.  Each facility  allows the Company four interest rate options -
the floating prime rate, a fixed rate tied to either  short-term  certificate of
deposit or  Eurodollar  rates,  or a fixed rate  based on the  lenders'  cost of
funds.  The revolving  credit  facilities  expire in 2001 and 2002.  The Company
intends to renew or replace the facilities prior to expiration.
     The  terms  of  the  long-term  debt  instruments  and  agreements  contain
covenants which impose certain restrictions on the Company, including limitation
of additional indebtedness and restrictions on the payment of cash dividends. At
December  31,  1998,  approximately  $92.5  million  of  retained  earnings  was
available for payment as dividends.
     Aggregate  maturities  of  long-term  debt  for  each of the  years  ending
December 31, 1999 through  2003,  are $1.5  million,  $0, $22.0  million,  $16.9
million,  and $2.0 million.  Total  interest  payments of $19.6  million,  $18.8
million, and $15.6 million were made in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

                                      32.
<PAGE>

(3) Income Taxes

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1998                 1997                 1996
                                                                        --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>                  <C>                  <C>     
Federal:
     Current                                                            $ (6,673)            $ (1,614)            $ (5,788)
     Deferred                                                            (10,098)              11,422               15,799
State:
     Current                                                                 644                  882                  219
     Deferred                                                             (3,250)               1,219                1,833
Investment tax credit amortization                                          (119)                (119)                (312)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                                    $(19,496)            $ 11,790             $ 11,751
==========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The provision  (benefit) for income taxes was an effective rate of 38.9% in
1998,  38.6% in 1997, and 38.0% in 1996. The following  reconciles the provision
(benefit)  for income taxes  included in the  consolidated  statements of income
with  the  provision  (benefit)  which  would  result  from  application  of the
statutory federal tax rate to pretax financial income:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1998                 1997                 1996
                                                                        --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>                   <C>                  <C>        
Expected provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate of 35%           $(17,532)             $10,677              $10,828
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
     State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect                 (1,694)               1,365                1,334
     Other                                                                  (270)                (252)                (411)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                                    $(19,496)             $11,790              $11,751
==========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The  components of the  Company's net deferred tax liability as of December
31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 1998                 1997
                                                                                            ------------------------------
                                                                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                         <C>                  <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Differences between book and tax basis of property                                     $ 109,538            $ 124,634
     Stored gas difference                                                                      7,583                7,133
     Deferred purchased gas costs                                                               1,997                5,223
     Prepaid pension costs                                                                      2,036                1,779
     Book over tax basis in partnerships                                                        8,647                6,071
     Other                                                                                      1,091                  665
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              130,892              145,505
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
     Accrued compensation                                                                         647                  754
     Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward                                                3,034                4,593
     Net operating loss carryforward                                                            6,949                    -
     Other                                                                                      1,234                  534
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               11,864                5,881
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax liability                                                                  $ 119,028            $ 139,624
==========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Total income tax payments of $3.3 million,  $4.2 million,  and $4.0 million
were made in 1998, 1997, and 1996 respectively.

                                      33.
<PAGE>

(4) Pension Plan and Other Postretirement Benefits

     Effective December 31, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits". The provisions of
SFAS  No.  132  revise   employers'   disclosures   about   pension   and  other
postretirement  benefit plans. It does not change the measurement or recognition
of these plans. It  standardizes  the disclosure  requirements  for pensions and
other postretirement benefits to the extent practicable.
     Substantially  all employees are covered by the Company's  defined  benefit
pension  and   postretirement   benefit   plans.   The   following   provides  a
reconciliation of the changes in the plans' benefit  obligations,  fair value of
assets, and funded status as of December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Other Postretirement
                                                                          Pension Benefits                       Benefits
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1998              1997             1998              1997
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>      
Change in Benefit Obligations:
     Benefit obligation at January 1                               $ 47,257          $ 42,395         $  3,067          $  2,289
     Service cost                                                     2,060             1,744               87                90
     Interest cost                                                    3,644             3,213              242               213
     Actuarial loss                                                   7,920             1,267              616               673
     Benefits paid                                                   (1,687)           (1,362)            (180)             (198)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Benefit obligation at December 31                             $ 59,194          $ 47,257         $  3,832          $  3,067
================================================================================================================================
Change in Plan Assets:
     Fair value of plan assets at January 1                        $ 65,966          $ 56,457         $      -          $      -
     Actual return on plan assets                                     7,168            10,862              (12)                -
     Employer contributions                                               -                 -              537               198
     Benefit payments                                                (1,616)           (1,353)            (180)             (198)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Fair value of plan assets at December 31                      $ 71,518          $ 65,966         $    345          $      -
================================================================================================================================
Funded Status:
     Funded status at December 31                                  $ 12,324          $ 18,709         $ (3,487)         $ (3,067)
     Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss                          (7,441)          (14,205)           1,284               711
     Unrecognized prior service cost                                    308               354                -                 -
     Unrecognized transition obligation                                (403)             (586)           1,368             1,472
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost                                $  4,788          $  4,272         $   (835)         $   (884)
================================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The  Company's  supplemental  retirement  plan has an  accumulated  benefit
obligation in excess of plan assets. The plan's  accumulated  benefit obligation
was $198,000 and $216,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,respectively.  There are
no plan  assets in the  supplemental  retirement  plan due to the  nature of the
plan.
     Net periodic  pension and other  postretirement  benefit  costs include the
following components for 1998, 1997 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Other Postretirement
                                                                Pension Benefits                           Benefits
                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1998         1997         1996         1998         1997         1996
                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Service cost                                          $ 2,060     $  1,744     $  1,562       $   87       $   90        $  61
Interest cost                                           3,644        3,213        2,872          242          213          161
Expected return on plan assets                         (5,863)      (5,007)      (4,381)           -            -            -
Amortization of transition obligation                    (183)        (183)        (183)         103          103          103
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss                     (150)        (211)         (93)          55           40            4
Amortization of prior service costs                        46           49           52            -            -            -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $  (446)    $   (395)    $   (171)      $  487       $  446        $ 329
==============================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      34.
<PAGE>

     Prior to 1998,  the Company's  pension plans provided for benefits based on
years of benefit service and the employee's  "average  compensation" as defined.
During 1998,  the Company  amended its plans to become "cash balance" plans on a
prospective  basis.  A cash balance plan  provides  benefits  based upon a fixed
percentage of an employee's annual compensation. The Company's funding policy is
to contribute amounts which are actuarially determined to provide the plans with
sufficient assets to meet future benefit payment  requirements and which are tax
deductible.
     The postretirement  benefit plans provide contributory health care and life
insurance  benefits.  Employees  become eligible for these benefits if they meet
age  and  service  requirements.  Generally,  the  benefits  paid  are a  stated
percentage  of medical  expenses  reduced by  deductibles  and other  coverages.
During 1998, the Company established trusts to partially fund its postretirement
benefit obligations.
     The weighted  average  assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's
benefit obligations for 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Other Postretirement
                                                            Pension Benefits                             Benefits
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1998              1997                   1998              1997
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>                    <C>               <C>
Discount rate                                            6.75%             7.50%                  6.75%             7.50%
Expected return on plan assets                           9.00%             9.00%                  5.00%              n/a
Rate of compensation increase                            5.00%             5.00%                   n/a               n/a
========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     For  measurement  purposes a 9% annual  rate of  increase in the per capita
cost of covered  medical  benefits  and an 8% annual rate of increase in the per
capita cost of dental benefits was assumed for 1999. These rates were assumed to
gradually  decrease to 6% for medical  benefits  and 5% for dental  benefits for
2011 and remain at that level thereafter.
     Assumed  health  care cost  trend  rates have a  significant  effect on the
amounts  reported for the health care plans.  A one  percentage  point change in
assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1% Increase            1% Decrease
                                                                     ----------------------------------
                                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>                   <C> 
Effect on the total service and interest cost components                    $ 20                  $ (18)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                                $ 349                 $ (304)
=======================================================================================================

</TABLE>


(5) Natural Gas and Oil Producing Activities

     All of the  Company's  gas and oil  properties  are  located  in the United
States.  The table below sets forth the results of  operations  from gas and oil
producing activities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998                1997               1996
                                                                        ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Sales                                                                   $  86,232           $ 100,129           $ 86,978
Production (lifting) costs                                                (15,807)            (17,155)           (10,607)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                  (38,768)            (40,340)           (35,533)
Write-down of oil and gas properties                                      (66,383)                  -                  -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (34,726)             42,634             40,838
Income tax benefit (expense)                                               13,651             (16,331)           (15,528)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results of operations                                                   $ (21,075)          $  26,303           $ 25,310
========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      35.
<PAGE>

     The results of operations  shown above exclude overhead and interest costs.
Income tax expense is  calculated  by applying  the  statutory  tax rates to the
revenues less costs,  including  depreciation,  depletion and amortization,  and
after giving effect to permanent differences and tax credits.
     The table  below  sets  forth  capitalized  costs  incurred  in gas and oil
property acquisition, exploration, and development activities during 1998, 1997,
and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998                1997                1996
                                                                         ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                 <C>                <C>
Property acquisition costs                                               $ 12,729            $ 10,911           $  60,748
Exploration costs                                                          14,273              33,225              25,436
Development costs                                                          24,709              28,825              23,667
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized costs incurred                                               $ 51,711            $ 72,961           $ 109,851
=========================================================================================================================
Amortization per Mcf equivalent                                            $1.039              $1.057              $ .949
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Capitalized  interest  is  included  as  part  of the  cost  of oil and gas
properties. The Company capitalized $3.9 million, $4.5 million, and $4.1 million
during 1998,  1997,  and 1996,  respectively,  based on the  Company's  weighted
average cost of borrowings used to finance the expenditures.
     In addition to capitalized interest,  the Company also capitalized internal
costs of $7.7 million,  $6.0 million,  and $5.9 million  during 1998,  1997, and
1996,  respectively.  These internal costs were directly related to acquisition,
exploration and  development  activities and are included as part of the cost of
oil and gas properties.
     The following table shows the  capitalized  costs of gas and oil properties
and the related accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization at December
31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 1998                1997
                                                                                            -----------------------------
                                                                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                         <C>                 <C>
Proved properties                                                                           $ 703,669           $ 628,549
Unproved properties                                                                            55,194              79,545
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalized costs                                                                       758,863             708,094
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization                                    386,384             281,595
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net capitalized costs                                                                       $ 372,479           $ 426,499
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The  table  below  sets  forth the  composition  of net  unevaluated  costs
excluded from  amortization as of December 31, 1998.  Included in these costs is
$5.1 million  representing  leasehold and seismic costs related to the remaining
unevaluated portion of acreage located on the Fort Chaffee military reservation.
These costs are expected to be evaluated  and subjected to  amortization  within
the next several years as this acreage is further  explored and developed.  Also
included in these  costs is $15.8  million  related to 3-D  seismic  projects in
south  Louisiana.  These  costs  and  subsequent  costs to be  incurred  will be
evaluated over several years as the seismic data is interpreted  and the acreage
is explored.  The  remaining  costs  excluded from  amortization  are related to
properties  which are not  individually  significant and on which the evaluation
process has not been completed.  The Company is,  therefore,  unable to estimate
when these costs will be included in the amortization computation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998         1997         1996         Prior         Total
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Property acquisition costs                                 $ 10,637     $  2,701      $ 3,380       $ 6,332      $ 23,050
Exploration costs                                             4,915        7,721        3,175         5,218        21,029
Capitalized interest                                          3,428        2,456        2,341           806         9,031
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $ 18,980     $ 12,878      $ 8,896       $12,356      $ 53,110
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      36.
<PAGE>

(6) Natural Gas and Oil Reserves (Unaudited)

     The following table  summarizes the changes in the Company's proved natural
gas and oil reserves for 1998, 1997, and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1998                     1997                      1996
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Gas         Oil          Gas          Oil          Gas          Oil
                                                    (MMcf)     (MBbls)       (MMcf)      (MBbls)       (MMcf)      (MBbls)
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
Proved reserves, beginning of year                291,378       7,852      297,467        8,238      294,876        2,152
Revisions of previous estimates                     1,064        (696)         861          (51)     (11,772)          74
Extensions, discoveries, and other additions       44,814         442       26,430          426       16,429           61
Production                                        (32,668)       (703)     (33,355)        (749)     (34,758)        (391)
Acquisition of reserves in place                        -           -           76            -       32,713        6,350
Disposition of reserves in place                     (921)        (45)        (101)         (12)         (21)          (8)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proved reserves, end of year                      303,667       6,850      291,378        7,852      297,467        8,238
=========================================================================================================================
Proved, developed reserves:
Beginning of year                                 252,393       7,312      255,234        7,804      248,714        1,975
End of year                                       258,092       6,370      252,393        7,312      255,234        7,804
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The  "Standardized  Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to
Proved Oil and Gas Reserves"  (standardized measure) is a disclosure required by
SFAS  No.  69,  "Disclosures  About  Oil  and  Gas  Producing  Activities."  The
standardized  measure  does not purport to present  the fair  market  value of a
company's  proved gas and oil  reserves.  In addition,  there are  uncertainties
inherent  in  estimating  quantities  of  proved  reserves.   Substantially  all
quantities  of gas and oil  reserves  owned by the  Company  were  estimated  or
audited  by  the  independent  petroleum  engineering  firm  of  K  &  A  Energy
Consultants, Inc.
     Following  is the  standardized  measure  relating  to  proved  gas and oil
reserves at December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998                1997                1996
                                                                        -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>                 <C>                <C>
Future cash inflows                                                     $ 820,522           $ 973,536          $1,340,804
Future production and development costs                                  (176,130)           (197,021)           (187,825)
Future income tax expense                                                (206,097)           (261,173)           (398,625)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future net cash flows                                                     438,295             515,342             754,354
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows                   (215,502)           (256,279)           (383,410)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows                $ 222,793           $ 259,063          $  370,944
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Under the  standardized  measure,  future cash  inflows  were  estimated by
applying  year-end  prices,  adjusted  for  known  contractual  changes,  to the
estimated  future  production of year-end proved  reserves.  Future cash inflows
were reduced by  estimated  future  production  and  development  costs based on
year-end  costs to  determine  pretax cash  inflows.  Future  income  taxes were
computed by  applying  the  year-end  statutory  rate,  after  consideration  of
permanent  differences,  to the excess of pretax cash inflows over the Company's
tax basis in the  associated  proved  gas and oil  properties.  Future  net cash
inflows after income taxes were  discounted  using a 10% annual discount rate to
arrive at the standardized measure.

                                      37.
<PAGE>

     Following  is an analysis  of changes in the  standardized  measure  during
1998, 1997, and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1998              1997              1996
                                                                           ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>               <C>               <C>
Standardized measure, beginning of year                                    $ 259,063         $ 370,944         $ 203,522
Sales and transfers of gas and oil produced, net of production costs         (70,425)          (82,975)          (76,371)
Net changes in prices and production costs                                   (71,400)         (173,730)          185,234
Extensions, discoveries, and other additions,
     net of future production and development costs                           61,146            41,267            40,264
Acquisition of reserves in place                                                   -               116            98,245
Revisions of previous quantity estimates                                      (3,024)              646           (19,839)
Accretion of discount                                                         38,445            55,852            31,043
Net change in income taxes                                                    23,714            62,186           (80,662)
Changes in production rates (timing) and other                               (14,726)          (15,243)          (10,492)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure, end of year                                          $ 222,793         $ 259,063         $ 370,944
========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

(7) Investment in Unconsolidated Partnership

     At December 31, 1998, the Company held a 25% general  partnership  interest
in the NOARK Partnership. NOARK Pipeline was formerly a 258-mile long intrastate
gas  transmission  system which extended  across northern  Arkansas.  In January
1998,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with Enogex Inc.  (Enogex)  that
resulted in the  expansion of the NOARK  Pipeline and provided the pipeline with
access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through an  integration of NOARK with the Ozark
Gas  Transmission  System  (Ozark).  Enogex is a subsidiary  of OGE Energy Corp.
Ozark was a 437-mile  interstate pipeline system which began in eastern Oklahoma
and  terminated  in  eastern  Arkansas.  Enogex  acquired  the Ozark  system and
contributed  it to  the  NOARK  partnership.  Enogex  also  acquired  the  NOARK
partnership  interests not owned by  Southwestern.  The acquisition of Ozark and
its  integration  with  NOARK  Pipeline  was  approved  by  the  Federal  Energy
Regulatory Commission in late 1998 at which time NOARK Pipeline was converted to
an interstate pipeline and operated in combination with Ozark. Enogex funded the
acquisition of Ozark and the expansion and integration with NOARK Pipeline which
resulted in the Company's  ownership  interest in the partnership  decreasing to
25% from 48%.
     The  Company's  investment  in NOARK  totaled $13.8 million at December 31,
1998 and $7.0 million at December 31, 1997.  The  Company's  investment in NOARK
includes  advances of $10.1  million made during 1998,  $5.0 million made during
1997, and $1.3 million made during 1996. Advances in 1998 included the Company's
share of costs  related to the  prepayment  of NOARK's  Senior  Secured Notes as
discussed  below.  Other advances are made primarily to provide  certain minimum
cash balances to service NOARK's long-term debt.
     In  connection  with the Enogex  transaction,  the  Company  and a previous
general  partner  converted  certain  of their  loans to the  partnership,  plus
accrued interest,  into equity, and contributed  approximately  $10.7 million to
the  partnership  to fund costs  incurred in connection  with the  prepayment of
NOARK's  9.74%  Senior  Secured  Notes.  See Note 11 for further  discussion  of
NOARK's funding requirements and the Company's investment in NOARK.
     NOARK's  financial  position  at December  31, 1998 and 1997 is  summarized
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 1998                1997
                                                                                            -----------------------------
                                                                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                         <C>                  <C>
Current assets                                                                              $   9,535            $    923
Noncurrent assets                                                                             175,361              92,856
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            $ 184,896            $ 93,779
=========================================================================================================================
Current liabilities                                                                         $   8,576            $  9,762
Long-term debt                                                                                 77,000              75,000
Loans from general partners                                                                         -              21,885
Partners' capital (deficit)                                                                    99,320             (12,868)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            $ 184,896            $ 93,779
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      38.
<PAGE>

     The Company's  share of NOARK's  pretax loss,  before the effect of accrued
interest expense on general partner loans, was $3.1 million,  $4.5 million,  and
$3.8 million for 1998,  1997, and 1996,  respectively.  The Company  records its
share of NOARK's  pretax loss in other  income  (expense) on the  statements  of
income.
     NOARK's  results of  operations  for 1998,  1997,  and 1996 are  summarized
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998                1997                1996
                                                                         ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Operating revenues                                                       $ 17,445            $  4,963            $  5,114
Pretax loss                                                              $ (4,114)           $ (8,850)           $ (8,106)
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

(8) Financial Instruments and Risk Management

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
     The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial  instruments  for which it is practicable to estimate
the value:
     Cash and Customer Deposits: The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of
fair value.
     Long-Term Debt: The fair value of the Company's long-term debt is estimated
based on the  expected  current  rates which would be offered to the Company for
debt of the same maturities.
     Commodity Hedges:  The fair value of all hedging  financial  instruments is
the amount at which  they could be  settled,  based on quoted  market  prices or
estimates obtained from dealers.  The carrying amounts and estimated fair values
of the Company's financial  instruments as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998                                      1997
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Carrying              Fair                Carrying              Fair
                                                       Amount             Value                  Amount             Value
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>                     <C>               <C> 
Cash                                                  $ 1,622           $ 1,622                 $ 4,603           $ 4,603
Customer deposits                                     $ 5,635           $ 5,635                 $ 5,307           $ 5,307
Long-term debt                                      $ 283,436         $ 292,157               $ 299,543         $ 304,392
Commodity hedges                                      $ 1,276           $ 8,227                 $ 1,442           $ 2,454
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Anticipated  regulatory treatment of the excess of fair value over carrying
value  of the  portion  of the  Company's  long-term  debt  attributable  to its
regulatory activities,  if such debt were settled at amounts approximating those
above,  would dictate that these amounts be used to increase the Company's rates
over a prescribed  amortization  period.  Accordingly,  any settlement would not
result in a material  impact on the Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.

Derivatives and Price Risk Management
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities".  SFAS No. 133
establishes  accounting and reporting  standards requiring that every derivative
instrument   (including  certain  derivative   instruments   embedded  in  other
contracts)  be  recorded in the  balance  sheet as either an asset or  liability
measured  at  its  fair  value.  SFAS  No.  133  requires  that  changes  in the
derivative's  fair value be  recognized  currently in earnings  unless  specific
hedge  accounting  criteria are met.  Special  accounting for qualifying  hedges
allows a derivative's  gains and losses to offset related  results on the hedged
item  in the  income  statement,  and  requires  that a  company  must  formally
document,  designate,  and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive
hedge accounting.
     SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. A
company may also  implement  the  statement  as of the  beginning  of any fiscal
quarter after  issuance  (that is, fiscal  quarters  beginning June 16, 1998 and
thereafter). SFAS No. 133 cannot be applied retroactively and must be applied to
(a) derivative  instruments and (b) certain derivative  instruments  embedded in
hybrid contracts that were issued,  acquired,  or  substantively  modified after
December 31, 1997 (and, at the company's election, before January 1, 1998).

                                      39.
<PAGE>

     The Company has not yet  quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on
its  financial  statements,  nor has it  determined  the  timing of or method of
adoption.  However,  it  should  be noted  that  SFAS  No.  133  could  increase
volatility in future reported earnings and other comprehensive income.
     The Company uses natural gas and crude oil swap  agreements  and options to
reduce the  volatility  of  earnings  and cash flow due to  fluctuations  in the
prices  of  natural  gas and oil.  The  Board of  Directors  has  approved  risk
management  policies  and  procedures  to  utilize  financial  products  for the
reduction of defined commodity price risks. These policies prohibit  speculation
with  derivatives and limit swap agreements to  counterparties  with appropriate
credit standings.
     The Company uses over-the-counter natural gas and crude oil swap agreements
and options to hedge sales of Company  production and marketing activity against
the inherent  price risks of adverse price  fluctuations  or locational  pricing
differences  between  a  published  index and the  NYMEX  (New  York  Mercantile
Exchange)  futures  market.  These swaps include (1)  transactions  in which one
party will pay a fixed  price (or  variable  price) for a notional  quantity  in
exchange  for  receiving a variable  price (or fixed price) based on a published
index (referred to as price swaps),  and (2) transactions in which parties agree
to pay a price based on two different indices (referred to as basis swaps).
     At December 31, 1998, the Company had  outstanding  natural gas price swaps
on total  notional  volumes of 11.5 Bcf. Of the total,  the Company will receive
fixed prices ranging from $2.20 to $2.71 per MMBtu on 10.1 Bcf. Under  contracts
covering  the  remaining  1.4 Bcf,  the Company  will make  average  fixed price
payments  of $2.25 per  MMBtu and  receive  variable  prices  based on the NYMEX
futures market.  At December 31, 1998, the Company held outstanding  basis swaps
on a  notional  volume  of 6.4 Bcf.  At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had
outstanding natural gas price swaps on total notional volumes of 2.2 Bcf. Of the
total,  the Company  received fixed prices ranging from $2.49 to $3.27 per MMBtu
on 2.0 Bcf.  Under  contracts  covering  the  remaining .2 Bcf, the Company made
average  fixed price  payments of $2.42 per MMBtu and received  variable  prices
based on the NYMEX  futures  market.  At December  31,  1997,  the Company  held
outstanding  basis swaps on a notional  volume of 1.9 Bcf.  The Company also had
outstanding a price floor on a notional  volume of 400,000  barrels of crude oil
for calendar year 1998 at a price of $18.00 per barrel. During 1998, the Company
recognized  gains from price risk management  activities of $7.4 million,  which
were  partially  offset by  corresponding  lower revenue  receipts from physical
transactions.  In 1997 and 1996, the Company  recognized  price risk  management
losses of $2.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively.
     The Company  uses  options to fix a floor,  a ceiling,  or both a floor and
ceiling (a "collar") for prices on its production volumes. At December 31, 1998,
the Company had a crude oil price floor of $18.00 per barrel (based on the NYMEX
futures  market)  on  total  notional  volumes  of  1,050,000  barrels  covering
production during calendar years 1999 through 2001.
     The  primary  market  risk  related to these  derivative  contracts  is the
volatility in market prices for natural gas and crude oil. However,  this market
risk is  offset  by the gain or loss  recognized  upon the  related  sale of the
natural gas or oil that is hedged.  Credit risk relates to the risk of loss as a
result of  non-performance by the Company's  counterparties.  The counterparties
are primarily major investment and commercial  banks which  management  believes
present minimal credit risks.  The credit quality of each  counterparty  and the
level  of  financial   exposure  the  Company  has  to  each   counterparty  are
periodically reviewed to ensure limited credit risk exposure.

(9) Stock Options

     The  Southwestern  Energy  Company  1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan (1993 Plan)
provides for the  compensation  of officers and key employees of the Company and
its  subsidiaries.  The 1993 Plan  provides  for  grants of  options,  shares of
restricted  stock,  and  stock  bonuses  that  in the  aggregate  do not  exceed
1,700,000  shares,  the grant of stand-alone stock  appreciation  rights (SARs),
shares of phantom  stock and cash  awards,  the  shares  related to which in the
aggregate do not exceed  1,700,000  shares,  and the grant of limited and tandem
SARs (all terms as defined in the 1993 Plan).  The types of incentives which may
be awarded are  comprehensive  and are intended to enable the Board of Directors
to structure the most  appropriate  incentives and to address  changes in income
tax laws which may be enacted over the term of the plan.

                                      40.
<PAGE>

     The  Southwestern  Energy  Company  1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan for Outside
Directors  provides for annual stock option grants of 12,000 shares (with 12,000
limited SARs) to each  non-employee  director.  Options may be awarded under the
plan on no more than 240,000 shares.
     The Company's 1985  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan expired in 1992, except
with respect to awards then  outstanding.  The following table  summarizes stock
option activity for the years 1998, 1997, and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1998                      1997                      1996
                                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Weighted                  Weighted                  Weighted
                                                   Number     Average       Number      Average       Number      Average
                                                       of    Exercise           of     Exercise           of     Exercise
                                                   Shares       Price       Shares        Price       Shares        Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
Options outstanding at January 1                1,619,114     $ 13.37    1,501,641      $ 13.39    1,552,558      $ 13.39
Granted                                           394,900      $ 8.00      433,248      $ 12.58      129,000      $ 14.89
Exercised                                          22,200      $ 5.58       56,850       $ 5.96        6,000      $ 12.81
Canceled                                          356,913     $ 13.48      258,925      $ 13.82      173,917      $ 14.51
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding at December 31              1,634,901     $ 12.15    1,619,114      $ 13.37    1,501,641      $ 13.39
=========================================================================================================================
Options exercisable at December 31                528,134     $ 13.12      521,782      $ 12.61      588,695      $ 11.71
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     All options are issued at fair market value at the date of grant and expire
ten years from the date of grant.  The options  outstanding at December 31, 1998
had a range of  exercise  prices  from $6.81 to $17.50  and a  weighted  average
remaining  contractual life of 7 years.  Options generally vest to employees and
directors over a three to four year period from the date of grant.  Of the total
options  outstanding,  350,000  performance  accelerated options were granted in
1994 at an option price of $145/8.  These  options vest over a four-year  period
beginning  six years  from the date of grant or  earlier  if  certain  corporate
performance criteria are achieved.
     The Company has granted  203,015  shares of  restricted  stock to employees
through  1998. Of this total,  160,465  shares vest over a three year period and
the  remaining  shares vest over a five year  period.  The related  compensation
expense is being  amortized over the vesting  periods.  As of December 31, 1998,
60,860 shares have vested to employees and 8,983 shares have been  cancelled and
returned to treasury shares.
     The  Company  adopted  the  disclosure-only  provisions  of SFAS  No.  123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" in 1996. Accordingly,  no compensation
cost has been recognized for the stock option plans. Had  compensation  cost for
the Company's stock option plans been determined  consistent with the provisions
of SFAS No. 123, the Company's  net income (loss) and earnings  (loss) per share
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998                1997                1996
                                                                        -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Net income (loss), in thousands
     As reported                                                        $ (30,597)           $ 18,715            $ 19,186
     Pro forma                                                          $ (31,201)           $ 18,378            $ 19,055
Basic earnings (loss) per share
     As reported                                                          $ (1.23)              $ .76               $ .78
     Pro forma                                                            $ (1.25)              $ .74               $ .77
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
     As reported                                                          $ (1.23)              $ .76               $ .77
     Pro forma                                                            $ (1.25)              $ .74               $ .77
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Because  the SFAS No.  123  method of  accounting  has not been  applied to
options  granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma  compensation
cost may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.
     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model with the  following  weighted-average
assumptions:  dividend  yield of 1.6% to 3.0%;  expected  volatility of 24.9% to
29.1%; risk-free interest rate of 5.3% to 7.4%; and expected lives of 6 years.

                                      41.
<PAGE>

(10) Common Stock Purchase Rights

     One common share  purchase right is attached to each  outstanding  share of
the Company's common stock. Each right entitles the holder to purchase one share
of common stock at an exercise  price of $25.00,  subject to  adjustment.  These
rights will become  exercisable  in the event that a person or group acquires or
commences a tender offer for 20% or more of the Company's  outstanding shares or
the Board  determines that a holder of 10% or more of the Company's  outstanding
shares  presents a threat to the best interests of the Company.  At no time will
these rights have any voting power.
     If any person or entity  actually  acquires 20% of the common stock (10% or
more if the Board determines such acquiror is adverse), rightholders (other than
the 20% or 10% stockholder) will be entitled to buy, at the right's then current
exercise  price,  the  Company's  common  stock with a market value of twice the
exercise  price.  Similarly,  if the  Company is  acquired  in a merger or other
business  combination,  each right will entitle its holder to  purchase,  at the
right's then current exercise price, a number of the surviving  company's common
shares having a market value at that time of twice the right's exercise price.
     The rights may be  redeemed  by the Board for $.003 per right  prior to the
time that they become exercisable. In the event, however, that redemption of the
rights is considered in connection  with a proposed  acquisition of the Company,
the Board may redeem the rights only on the  recommendation  of its  independent
directors  (nonmanagement  directors  who are not  affiliated  with the proposed
acquiror). These rights expire in 1999.

(11) Contingencies and Commitments

     At December  31, 1998 the  Company and the other  general  partner of NOARK
have severally  guaranteed the principal and interest  payments on $79.0 million
of 7.15% Notes due 2018.  The Company's  share of the several  guarantee is 60%.
The 7.15%  Notes  were  issued in June 1998 and  require  semi-annual  principal
payments of $1.0 million.  The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were used
to  repay  temporary  financing  provided  by  the  other  general  partner  and
outstanding amounts under an unsecured revolving credit agreement. The temporary
financing  provided by the other general partner was incurred in connection with
the   prepayment  in  early  1998  of  NOARK's  9.74%  Senior   Secured   notes.
Additionally,  the  Company's gas  distribution  subsidiary  has  transportation
contracts for firm capacity of 82.3 MMcfd on NOARK's integrated pipeline system.
These  contracts  expire  in  2002  and  2003,  and are  renewable  year-to-year
thereafter until terminated by 180 days' notice.
     Under the several  guarantee,  the Company is required to fund its share of
NOARK's debt service which is not funded by  operations  of the  pipeline.  As a
result of the  integration  of NOARK  Pipeline  with the Ozark Gas  Transmission
System,  as discussed further in Note 7, management of the Company believes that
it will realize its investment in NOARK over the life of the system.  Therefore,
no  provision  for  any  loss  has  been  made  in  the  accompanying  financial
statements.
     In May 1996, a class action suit was filed against the Company on behalf of
royalty owners alleging  improprieties in the disbursements of royalty proceeds.
A trial was held on the class action suit  beginning in late September 1998 that
resulted  in  a  verdict  against  the  Company  and  two  of  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  SEECO,  Inc. and Arkansas  Western Gas Company,  in the amount of
$62.1 million. The trial judge subsequently awarded pre-judgment  interest in an
amount of $31.1 million, and post-judgment interest accrued from the date of the
judgment  at the rate of 10% per annum  simple  interest.  The  Company has been
required  by the state  court to post a  judgment  bond in the  amount of $102.5
million (verdict amount plus pre-judgment interest and one year of post-judgment
interest)  in  order to stay the  jury's  verdict  and  proceed  with an  appeal
process.  The bond was  placed by a surety  company  and was  collateralized  by
unsecured letters of credit.
     The  verdict  was  returned  following  a trial on the  issues of the class
action lawsuit  brought by certain  royalty  owners of SEECO,  Inc., who contend
that since 1979 the defendants breached implied covenants in certain oil and gas
leases,  misrepresented  or failed to disclose  material facts to royalty owners
concerning gas purchase contracts between the Company's subsidiaries, and failed
to fulfill other  alleged  common law duties to the members of the royalty owner
plaintiff  class.  The litigation was commenced in May 1996 and was disclosed by
the Company at that time.

                                      42.
<PAGE>

     The Company  believes that the jury's  verdict was wrong as a matter of law
and fact and that incorrect  rulings by the trial judge  (including  evidentiary
rulings and  prejudicial  jury  instructions)  provide  grounds for a successful
appeal.  The  Company  had asked the trial  judge to recuse  himself  due to his
apparent bias toward the  plaintiffs  and had also filed a motion with the trial
court for judgement  notwithstanding  the verdict or, in the alternative,  for a
new trial.  These motions were denied. The Company has filed and will vigorously
prosecute an appeal in the Arkansas  Supreme  Court.  Management  of the Company
believes that the jury's  verdict will be overturned and the case remanded for a
new trial. If the Company is not successful in its appeal from the jury verdict,
the Company's  financial condition and results of operations would be materially
and adversely affected.  However management believes that the Company's ultimate
liability,  if any,  resulting  from  this  case  will  not be  material  to its
financial  position or results of  operations.  At December 31, 1998, no amounts
have been accrued on this matter.
     In its Form 8-K filed July 2, 1996,  the Company  disclosed  that a lawsuit
relating  to  overriding  royalty  interests  in  certain  Arkansas  oil and gas
properties  had been filed against it and two of its wholly owned  subsidiaries.
The lawsuit,  which was brought by a party who was  originally  included in (but
opted out of) the class  action  litigation  described  above,  involves  claims
similar to those upon which  judgment was  rendered  against the Company and its
subsidiaries.  In  September  1998,  another  party  who  opted out of the class
threatened  the  Company  with  similar  litigation.  While the amounts of these
pending and threatened claims could be significant,  management believes,  based
on its investigations,  that the Company's ultimate liability,  if any, will not
be material to its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     The United States  Minerals  Management  Service  (MMS),  a federal  agency
responsible  for  the   administration   of  federal  oil  and  gas  leases,  is
investigating  the Company and its  subsidiaries in respect of claims similar to
those in the class  action  litigation.  MMS was  included  in the class  action
litigation against its objections,  but has not pursued further action to remove
itself from the class. If MMS does remove itself from the class,  its claims may
be brought separately under federal statutes that provide for treble damages and
civil penalties. In such event, the Company believes it would have defenses that
were not available in the class action litigation. While the aggregate amount of
MMS's  claims  could  be  significant,   management   believes,   based  on  its
investigations,  that the  Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any,  will not be
material to its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     In 1997, the Company's  subsidiary,  Southwestern Energy Production Company
(SEPCO),  filed suit against several  parties,  including an outside  consultant
previously  employed by SEPCO,  alleging  breach of contract,  fraud,  and other
causes of  action  in  connection  with  services  performed  on  SEPCO's  south
Louisiana exploration projects. On June 23, 1998, the outside consultant filed a
counterclaim  against SEPCO. The consultant's primary cause of action relates to
a claim  that he is  contractually  entitled  to a 25%  interest  in the  Boure'
project, one of SEPCO's south Louisiana exploration  projects.  The counterclaim
alleges seven different claims for relief, including breach of contract,  fraud,
and defamation and requests damages in excess of $10,000,000 for each claim plus
punitive  damages in excess of  $10,000,000.  The Company feels these claims are
without merit and intends to vigorously contest them.  Although the total amount
of these claims is significant in the aggregate,  management believes,  based on
its investigation,  that the Company's ultimate  liability,  if any, will not be
material to its consolidated financial position or results of operation.
     The Company is subject to laws and  regulations  relating to the protection
of the environment.  The Company's policy is to accrue environmental and cleanup
related  costs of a noncapital  nature when it is both probable that a liability
has been  incurred and when the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  Management
believes any future  remediation or other compliance related costs will not have
a material effect on the financial  condition or reported  results of operations
of the Company.
     The Company is subject to other  litigation  and claims that have arisen in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  accrues for such items when a
liability is both  probable and the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  In the
opinion of management, the results of such litigation and claims will not have a
material  effect on the results of operations  or the financial  position of the
Company. 

                                      43.
<PAGE>

(12) Segment Information

     The  Company  adopted  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments  of an
Enterprise and Related  Information,"  in 1998 which changes the way the Company
reports information about its operating  segments.  The information for 1997 and
1996 has been restated from the prior year's presentation to conform to the 1998
presentation.
     The Company's  reportable  business  segments have been identified based on
the differences in products or services  provided.  Revenues for the exploration
and  production  segment are derived from the production and sale of natural gas
and  crude  oil.  Revenues  for the gas  distribution  segment  arise  from  the
transportation  and  sale  of  natural  gas at  retail.  The  marketing  segment
generates revenue through the marketing of both Company and third party produced
gas volumes. The Company utilizes operating income to evaluate segment profit or
loss.
     Summarized  financial  information for the Company's reportable segments is
shown in the  following  table.  The "Other"  column  includes  items related to
non-reportable  segments  (real estate and pipeline  operations)  and  corporate
items.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Exploration
                                                                  and          Gas
                                                           Production Distribution    Marketing        Other         Total
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
1998
Revenues from external customers                            $  55,347    $ 134,579     $ 76,367     $     12     $ 266,305
Intersegment revenues                                          30,885          132       20,808          608        52,433
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense               38,768        6,616           19        1,514        46,917
Write-down of oil and gas properties                           66,383            -            -            -        66,383
Operating income (loss)                                       (47,273)      16,029        1,800          493       (28,951)
Assets                                                        408,193      192,396        8,905       38,126<F1>   647,620
Capital expenditures                                           52,376       10,108            8        1,867        64,359
==========================================================================================================================
1997
Revenues from external customers                            $  56,658    $ 153,993     $ 65,435     $    103     $ 276,189
Intersegment revenues                                          43,471          162       17,372          601        61,606
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense               40,340        6,553           16        1,299        48,208
Operating income                                               33,303       16,941        1,315          377        51,936
Assets                                                        460,193      204,223        7,085       39,365<F1>   710,866
Capital expenditures                                           73,526       12,561           45        2,689        88,821
==========================================================================================================================
1996
Revenues from external customers                            $  46,562    $ 142,587     $ 14,153     $     38     $ 203,340
Intersegment revenues                                          40,416          143       15,816          629        57,004
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense               35,533        5,694            7        1,160        42,394
Operating income (loss)                                        34,184       13,974         (549)         387        47,996
Assets                                                        423,321      195,716        3,752       37,401<F1>   660,190
Capital expenditures                                          110,352       12,752          112        1,697       124,913
==========================================================================================================================
<FN>
<F1>  Other assets includes the Company's equity investment in the operations of
      NOARK (see Note 7), corporate assets not allocated to segments, and assets
      for non-reportable segments.

</FN>
</TABLE>

     Intersegment  sales by the  exploration  and production  segment to the gas
distribution  and  marketing  segments  are priced in  accordance  with terms of
existing contracts and current market conditions.  Parent company assets include
furniture and fixtures,  prepaid debt costs and prepaid  pension  costs.  Parent
company general and administrative  costs,  depreciation expense and taxes other
than income are  allocated  to segments.  All of the  Company's  operations  are
located within the United States.

                                      44.
<PAGE>

(13) Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

     The following is a summary of the quarterly  results of operations  for the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Quarter Ended                                       March 31              June 30         September 30          December 31
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                   <C>                  <C>
                                                                                     1998
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                                  $ 82,956             $ 56,334             $ 53,551             $ 73,464
Operating income (loss)                             $ 19,923            $ (63,835)             $ 2,914             $ 12,047
Net income (loss)                                    $ 9,072            $ (42,058)            $ (1,331)             $ 3,720
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share            $ .37              $ (1.70)              $ (.05)               $ .15

                                                                                     1997
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                                  $ 88,919             $ 51,244             $ 48,644             $ 87,382
Operating income                                    $ 25,094              $ 5,089              $ 3,121             $ 18,632
Net income (loss)                                   $ 12,319                 $ 29             $ (1,267)             $ 7,634
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share            $ .50                $ .00               $ (.05)               $ .31
===========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      45.
<PAGE>

Financial and Operating Statistics
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Financial Review (in thousands)
Operating revenues
     Exploration and production                     $ 86,232    $100,129    $ 86,978    $ 63,285    $ 79,787    $ 79,374
     Gas distribution                                134,711     154,155     142,730     119,452     126,667     131,731
     Energy services and other                        97,795      83,511      30,636      31,622      29,225         423
     Intersegment revenues                           (52,433)    (61,606)    (57,004)    (47,534)    (60,055)    (36,684)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     266,305     276,189     203,340     166,825     175,624     174,844
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating costs and expenses
     Gas purchases - utility                          39,863      46,806      42,851      37,133      36,395      42,962
     Gas purchases - marketing                        73,235      63,054      14,114      13,714       5,438           -
     Operating and general                            61,915      59,167      50,509      44,436      42,506      40,093
     Depreciation, depletion and amortization         46,917      48,208      42,394      35,992      35,546      30,944
     Write-down of oil and gas properties             66,383           -           -           -           -           -
     Taxes, other than income taxes                    6,943       7,018       5,476       4,362       3,657       3,281
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     295,256     224,253     155,344     135,637     123,542     117,280
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                     (28,951)     51,936      47,996      31,188      52,082      57,564
Interest expense, net                                (17,186)    (16,414)    (13,044)    (11,167)     (8,867)     (9,025)
Other income (expense)                                (3,956)     (5,017)     (4,015)     (1,227)     (2,362)     (1,657)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes, extraordinary item and
     the cumulative effect of accounting change      (50,093)     30,505      30,937      18,794      40,853      46,882
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes:
     Current                                          (6,029)       (732)     (5,569)     (4,908)      9,288      13,704
     Deferred                                        (13,467)     12,522      17,320      12,167       6,441       6,128
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (19,496)     11,790      11,751       7,259      15,729      19,832
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item and
     cumulative effect of accounting change          (30,597)     18,715      19,186      11,535      25,124      27,050
Extraordinary item                                         -           -           -        (295)          -           -
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
     income taxes                                          -           -           -           -           -      10,126
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                          $(30,597)   $ 18,715    $ 19,186    $ 11,240    $ 25,124    $ 37,176
========================================================================================================================

Cash flow from operations, net of working
     capital changes (in thousands)                 $ 93,708    $ 79,483    $ 71,830    $ 56,177    $ 66,857    $ 70,373
Return on equity                                         n/a        8.45%       9.23%       5.78%      12.35%      14.66%<F1>
========================================================================================================================
Common Stock Statistics
Basic earnings per share before extraordinary item
     and cumulative effect of accounting change       $(1.23        $.76        $.78        $.46        $.98       $1.05
Basic earnings per share                              $(1.23)       $.76        $.78        $.45        $.98       $1.44
Cash dividends declared and paid per share              $.24        $.24        $.24        $.24        $.24        $.22
Book value per share                                   $7.45       $8.92       $8.41       $7.87       $7.92       $7.18
Market price at year-end                               $7.50      $12.88      $15.13      $12.75      $14.88      $18.00
Number of shareholders of record at year-end           2,333       2,379       2,572       2,759       2,875       3,005
Average shares outstanding                        24,882,170  24,738,882  24,705,256  25,130,781  25,684,110  25,684,110
========================================================================================================================
<FN>
<F1>  Before the cumulative effect of accounting change.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      46.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Capitalization (in thousands)
Long-term debt, including current portion           $283,436    $299,543    $278,285    $210,828    $142,300    $127,000
Common shareholders' equity                          185,856     221,565     207,941     194,504     203,456     184,530
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalization                                $469,292    $521,108    $486,226    $405,332    $345,756    $311,530
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                        $647,620    $710,866    $660,190    $569,093    $486,074    $445,454
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalization ratios:
     Debt (excluding current portion)                  60.27%      57.23%      56.96%      51.65%      40.10%      40.19%
     Equity                                            39.73%      42.77%      43.04%      48.35%      59.90%      59.81%
========================================================================================================================

Capital Expenditures (in millions)
Exploration and production                             $52.4       $73.5      $110.3      $ 82.2       $55.4       $37.4
Gas distribution                                        10.1        12.6        12.8        18.5        17.6        19.9
Other                                                    1.9         2.7         1.8          .9         3.9         1.9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $64.4       $88.8      $124.9      $101.6       $76.9       $59.2
========================================================================================================================

Exploration and Production
Natural gas:
     Production, Bcf                                    32.7        33.4        34.8        34.5        37.7        35.7
     Average price per Mcf                             $2.34       $2.57       $2.26       $1.72       $2.04       $2.18
Oil:
     Production, MBbls                                   703         749         391         229         200          97
     Average price per barrel                         $13.60      $19.02      $21.21      $17.15      $15.89      $17.20
Average production (lifting) cost per Mcf equivalent    $.43        $.45        $.29        $.22        $.17        $.18
Proved reserves at year-end:
     Natural gas, Bcf                                  303.7       291.4       297.5       294.9       316.1       318.8
     Oil, MBbls                                        6,850       7,852       8,238       2,152       1,231         479
     Total reserves, Bcf equivalent                    344.8       338.5       346.9       307.8       323.5       321.7
========================================================================================================================

Gas Distribution
Sales and transportation volumes, Bcf:
     Residential                                        11.1        12.6        13.4        12.1        11.6        12.9
     Commercial                                          7.6         8.4         8.8         7.6         7.2         7.8
     Industrial                                          4.2         6.6         7.7         7.7         7.5         6.1
     End-use transportation                              8.8         6.6         5.5         5.2         4.8         5.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        31.7        34.2        35.4        32.6        31.1        32.4
     Off-system transportation                           1.1         2.8         3.6         9.8        10.7        11.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        32.8        37.0        39.0        42.4        41.8        44.1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customers - year-end
     Residential                                     156,384     154,864     151,880     147,267     144,486     140,761
     Commercial                                       22,229      21,431      20,845      20,109      19,489      19,121
     Industrial                                          303         311         326         340         348         348
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     178,916     176,606     173,051     167,716     164,323     160,230
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree days                                            3,472       4,131       4,341       4,064       3,823       4,598
Percent of normal                                         87%        103%        108%        102%         96%        115%
========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      47.
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders  of Southwestern  Energy Company will be held
at the Northwest Arkansas Convention Center in Springdale, Arkansas, on Tuesday,
May 18, 1999, at 11:00 a.m. Central Daylight Time.

Stock Exchange Listing
Southwestern  Energy  Company's  common  stock is traded  on the New York  Stock
Exchange under the symbol SWN and is listed in alphabetical  quotation  listings
in most major newspapers as SowestEngy.

Independent Public Accountants
Arthur Andersen LLP
6450 South Lewis
Suite 300
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74136-1068

Financial Information
Financial analysts and investors who need additional  information should contact
Greg D. Kerley,  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, at corporate
headquarters,  501-521-1141.  Additional information on the Company can be found
on the Internet at http://www.swn.com.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
EQUISERVE
First Chicago Trust Division
Post Office Box 2500
Jersey City, New Jersey 07303-2500
Phone 1-800-446-2617

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Company is currently  implementing  a  DirectSERVICE  Investment  Program to
replace its Dividend  Reinvest-ment  Program.  This enhanced program will enable
any interested investor to purchase shares directly from the Company or reinvest
dividends  without the aid of a broker.  The  Company  expects the program to be
effective  April  1999.   Information  about  the  Plan  is available  from  the
administrator:

    EQUISERVE
    First Chicago Trust Division
    Dividend Reinvestment Service
    Post Office Box 2598
    Jersey City, New Jersey 07303-2598
    Phone 1-800-446-2617

Annual Report
The 1998 Annual Report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form
10-K is available to  shareholders  upon request by writing to the  Secretary at
corporate headquarters.



CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

Southwestern Energy Company
1083 Sain Street
Post Office Box 1408
Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1408
501-521-1141
501-521-0328 (fax)



SUBSIDIARY OFFICES

Southwestern Energy Production Company
2350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77032
281-618-4700

SEECO, Inc.
1083 Sain Street
Post Office Box 1408
Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1408
501-521-1141

Arkansas Western Gas Company
1001 Sain Street
Post Office Box 1288
Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1288
501-521-5400

Southwestern Energy Services Company and
Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company
2200 Mid-Continent Tower
401 S. Boston
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74103
918-584-4200


MARKET PRICES AND QUARTERLY DIVIDENDS PAID

                          Range of Market Prices             Cash Dividends Paid
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                        1998                 1997            1998           1997
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
March 31          $12.94    $10.63     $15.75    $13.25      $.06           $.06
June 30           $12.00     $8.75     $13.75    $11.63      $.06           $.06
September 30      $10.38     $6.75     $14.31    $12.00      $.06           $.06
December 31        $8.50     $5.50     $13.13    $11.25      $.06           $.06

Market prices represent transactions on the New York Stock Exchange.

                                      48.
<PAGE>

Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries
APPENDIX to 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

Description of Exploration & Production Operating Areas:

Southwestern  conducts its exploration and production  efforts primarily in four
areas;  the Arkoma Basin,  the Anadarko Basin,  the Gulf Coast,  and the Permian
Basin.  The Arkoma Basin is located in the central  section of western  Arkansas
and the  central  section of eastern  Oklahoma.  Southwestern's  activities  are
concentrated  in the  historically  productive  Arkansas  section  of the Arkoma
Basin.The Anadarko Basin covers most of the western part of Oklahoma and extends
to the northwest into the northern  panhandle of Texas and the panhandle area of
Oklahoma. Southwestern's Gulf Coast operations include both onshore and offshore
activity along both the Texas and Louisiana coasts. The Permian Basin is located
in west Texas and the southeast corner of New Mexico.

Description of Gas Distribution Operating Areas:

Arkansas  Western Gas  Company's  (AWG)  northwest  Arkansas gas utility  system
gathers its gas supply from the Arkoma Basin where it also provides distribution
service  to  communities  in  that  area,  including  the  towns  of  Ozark  and
Clarksville.  AWG's  transmission and distribution lines extend north and supply
communities  in the  northwest  part  of  the  state,  including  the  towns  of
Fayetteville,  Springdale,  and Rogers.  AWG's service area also extends east to
the  Harrison and Mountain  Home areas.  This eastern  section of the AWG system
receives a portion of its gas  supply  from a lateral  line off of the OZARK Gas
Transmission System (OZARK) as discussed below. Through its division, Associated
Natural Gas Company  (Associated),  AWG provides  distribution of natural gas to
communities  in  northeast  Arkansas and parts of  Missouri.  Major  communities
served in northeast  Arkansas include  Blytheville,  Piggott,  and Osceola.  The
Associated  distribution  system also serves the  "bootheel"  area in  southeast
Missouri,  including the communities of Sikeston, New Madrid, and Caruthersville
and extends north to the Jackson area. In addition,  Associated provides service
to Butler,  Missouri, near the state's western border and Kirksville,  Missouri,
near the state's northern border through connections off of interstate pipelines
in those areas.

Description of NOARK Pipeline System Operating Area:

Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company owns a general partnership  interest in the
NOARK Pipeline  System  (NOARK).  NOARK is the  partnership  that owns the Ozark
system  which is a 749-mile  interstate  pipeline  system  that  stretches  from
eastern  Oklahoma across norhtern  Arkansas and  interconnects  with three major
interstate pipeline systems as well as Southwestern's gas distribution systems.


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           1,622
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   40,655
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     22,812
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                72,271
<PP&E>                                       1,028,465
<DEPRECIATION>                                 478,790
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 647,620
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           54,786
<BONDS>                                        281,900
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         2,774
<OTHER-SE>                                     183,082
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   647,620
<SALES>                                        258,714
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               266,305
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  295,256
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              17,186
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (50,093)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (19,496)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (30,597)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0  
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (30,597)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (1.23)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (1.23)
<FN>
The information has been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 128. 
Basic and diluted EPS have been entered in place of primary and fully diluted,
respectively.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission